Service Manual: Overload Prevention Device

Publication No.
W301-0151E
Service Manual
01
Overload Prevention Device

Model AML-LIIA
TADANO LTD.
Foreword
Foreword
Rough terrain crane GR-250N-1
This service manual (this document) is compiled to Spec. No.: (1) GR-250N-1-00101
provide information on the AML-LIIA (overload (2) GR-250N-1-00102
(3) GR-250N-1-00103
prevention device) that is mounted on the Rough
(4) GR-250N-1-00104
Terrain Crane GR-300N-1, TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1,
(5) GR-250N-1-00105
GR-350N-1, and GR-160N-1, Tower reach Rough (6) GR-250N-1-00106
Terrain Crane GR-120F-1, and All Terrain Crane (7) GR-250N-1-00107
GA-700N-1. (8) GR-250N-1-00108
(9) GR-250N-1-00201
"Diagram of the AML-LIIA System" (Page 9, 36, 50, (10) GR-250N-1-00202
(11) GR-250N-1-00203
and 64) and "Input/Output Signals of the AML-LIIA
(12) GR-250N-1-00204
System" (Page 10 to 35, 37 to 49, 51 to 63, and 65 to
(13) GR-250N-1-00205
86) in this document offers the general description on
(14) GR-250N-1-00206
the electrical circuit of cranes GR-300N-1, TR-250M-7, (15) GR-250N-1-00207
GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1, GR-160N-1, GR-120F-1, (16) GR-250N-1-00208
and GA-700N-1. For the detailed electrical circuit, Rough terrain crane GR-350N-1
refer to the service manual (electrical circuit diagrams) Spec. No.: (1) GR-350N-1-00101
of each model. (2) GR-350N-1-00102
(3) GR-350N-1-00103
(4) GR-350N-1-00104
For the actual works, perform appropriate repair and
service with referring to the separate operation and
Spec. No.: (1) GR-160N-1-00101
maintenance manual, parts catalog, and service (2) GR-160N-1-00102
manual for each model. Tower reach rough terrain crane GR-120F-1
Spec. No.: (1) GR-120F-1-00101
When part replacement is needed, refer to the parts All terrain crane GA-700N-1
catalog first to check the disassembly unit as well as
Spec. No.: (1) GA-700N-1-10101
the parts sales unit. (2) GA-700N-1-10102
Use this manual for machines with the AML-LIIA
1. Applicable Spec. No. / Crane Model even if the crane model is other than the above.
February, 2008
Crane model applicable of this service manual
Spec. No.: (1) GR-300N-1-00101

(2) GR-300N-1-00102
Rough terrain crane TR-250M-7
Spec. No.: (1) TR-250M-7-00101

(2) TR-250M-7-00102 Please note that, for product improvement, some
(3) TR-250M-7-00103
changes may have been incorporated in the machine
(4) TR-250M-7-00104
that are not covered in this manual.
1 W301-0151E
Foreword
2. Contents Pre-operational Inspection on the AML .................98

How to Use the Working Area Limiting Function ...99
Foreword............................................................ 1 How to Use the Boom Elevating Speed
1. Applicable Spec. No. / Crane Model................... 1 Adjusting Function ..............................................101
2. Contents ............................................................. 2
Functions of and How to Use User Mode
Components of the AML-LIIA Main Unit............. 6 (GR-160N-1) ................................................ 103
1. Panel................................................................... 6 Mode Structure ....................................................103
2. Internal View and Name Plate ............................ 7 Configuration and Functions of the AML System 104
3. Internal Block Diagram ....................................... 8 Names and Functions of the Parts ......................107
Registering Operating Conditions........................ 111
Diagram of the AML-LIIA System Pre-operational Inspection on the AML ............... 114
(GR-300N-1/TR-250M-7/GR-250N-1/ How to Use the Working Area Limiting Function . 115
GR-350N-1)...................................................... 9 How to Use the Boom Elevating Speed
Adjusting Function .............................................. 117
Input/Output Signals of the AML-LIIA System
(GR-300N-1/TR-250M-7/GR-250N-1/ Functions of and How to Use User Mode
GR-350N-1).................................................... 10 (GR-120F-1) .................................................119
Mode Structure .................................................... 119
Diagram of the AML-LIIA System Configuration and Functions of the AML System 120
(GR-160N-1) .................................................. 36 Names and Functions of the Parts ......................123
Registering Operating Conditions........................127
Input/Output Signals of the AML-LIIA System Pre-operational Inspection on the AML ...............129
(GR-160N-1) .................................................. 37 How to Use the Working Area Limiting Function .130
How to Use the Jib Tilt Speed Adjusting
Diagram of the AML-LIIA System Function ..............................................................132
(GR-120F-1)................................................... 50
Input/Output Signals of the AML-LIIA System (GA-700N-1) ................................................ 134
(GR-120F-1)................................................... 51 Mode Structure ....................................................134
Configuration and Functions of the AML System 135
Diagram of the AML-LIIA System Names and Functions of the Parts ......................138
(GA-700N-1)................................................... 64 Registering Operating Conditions........................142
Pre-operational Inspection on the AML ...............145
Input/Output Signals of the AML-LIIA System How to Use the Working Area Limiting Function .146
(GA-700N-1)................................................... 65 How to Use the Boom Elevating Speed
Adjusting Function ..............................................150
[OPERATION]
[ADJUSTMENT AND MAINTENANCE]
(GR-300N-1/TR-250M-7/GR-250N-1/ Outline of Adjustment Mode and
GR-350N-1).................................................... 87 Maintenance Mode ...................................... 152
Mode Structure ...................................................... 87 1. Keys and Switches for Adjustment and
Configuration and Functions of the AML System .. 88 Maintenance....................................................152
Names and Functions of the Parts........................ 91 2. Mode Structure and Menu...............................153
Registering Operating Conditions ......................... 95 3. Method of Shifting Modes ...............................154
2 W301-0151E
Foreword
4. Method of Menu Selection.............................. 155 1. Language ........................................................178

2. Overload History Display.................................178
Required Adjustment After AML System 3. Erasing the Overload History ..........................179
Parts Replacement....................................... 156
Functions of and How to Use Maintenance
Functions of and How to Use Adjustment Mode............................................................ 180
Mode ............................................................ 157 1. Program Version Display ................................180
Adjustment Procedures....................................... 157 2. Data ID Number Display .................................180
1. Adjustment Initialization.................................. 158 3. Di Check..........................................................181
1.1 Procedure of "Conversion Factors 4. Ai Check..........................................................181
Resetting"................................................ 158 5. Elevating Cylinder Oil Pressure Monitor .........182
1.2 Procedure of "Moment Adjustment 6. Do Check ........................................................182
Resetting"................................................ 158 7. MDT (Multiplex Data Transmitter) Monitor ......183
2. Boom Length Adjustment ............................... 159 8. Key Switch Check ...........................................185
3. Boom Angle Adjustment ................................. 160 9. Display Unit Check..........................................185
4. Swing Angle Adjustment ................................. 161 10. Error Data Display .......................................185
5. Outrigger Extension Width Adjustment........... 162 11. Erasing the Error Data.................................186
6. Jib Angle Adjustment ...................................... 163 12. Option (OP) Board Check ...........................186
7. Jib Length Adjustment .................................... 164 13. Ao Check .....................................................186
8. Moment Adjustment........................................ 165 14. Sio Check ....................................................187
8.1 Moment Zero-point Adjustment............... 166 15. Adjust Monitor..............................................187
8.2 Moment Span Preliminary Adjustment.... 166 16. Overload History Display.............................187
8.3 Moment Zero-point Check and Fine 17. Erasing the Overload History ......................187
Adjustment .............................................. 167 18. Clock adjustment .........................................187
8.4 Load Radius Adjustment ......................... 168
8.5 Moment Span Fine Adjustment ............... 169 Error Message ............................................... 188
8.6 Moment Zero-point Recheck .................. 170 1. Display of Error Message................................188
9. Clock Adjustment............................................ 171 2. How to Read the Error Message.....................188
10. Swing Output Adjustment ........................... 172 3. How to Read the Error History ........................188
10.1 Procedure of "AO Offset Value 4. Troubleshooting Table .....................................189
Resetting"................................................ 172 4.1 Group Code 0 ..........................................189
10.2 Swing output adjustment (AO offset 4.2 Group Code 1 ..........................................208
adjustment) ............................................. 172 4.3 Group Code 2 ..........................................210
11. Boom Elevating Output Adjustment ............ 174 4.4 Group Code 3 ..........................................213
11.1 Procedure of "Boom Elevating 4.5 For GR-120F-1 Only (Group Code 0)......214
Characteristic Value Resetting" .............. 174
11.2 Boom Elevating Output Adjustment Disassembly of AML Main Unit...................... 219
(Boom Elevating Characteristic 1. Removing Front Panel/Display Board.............219
Adjustment)............................................. 174 2. Removing Rear Panel/Connector Board/
12. Telescoping/retraction Output Adjustment .. 176 Current Output Board......................................219
12.1 Procedure of "Retraction Characteristic 3. Removing CPU Board/Analog Board /
Value Resetting"...................................... 176 Power Board ...................................................220
12.2 Telescoping/retraction Output Adjustment 3.1 Notes on ROM/EEPROM Replacement..220
(Retraction Characteristic Adjustment) ... 176
Other Functions and How to Use Them ........ 178
3 W301-0151E
Foreword
3. Slow stop adjustment ......................................237

[INFORMATION AND DATA] 4. Setting after adjustment ..................................237
Specification No.: GR-120F-1-00101...................238
Adjustment Value Table ................................. 221 1. Setting before adjustment ...............................238
Specification No.: GR-300N-1-00101.................. 221 2. Detector adjustment ........................................238
Specification No.: GR-300N-1-00102.................. 221 3. Slow stop adjustment ......................................240
Specification No.: TR-250M-7-00101 .................. 222 4. Speed adjustment ...........................................240
Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00101, -00201 .... 222 5. Setting after adjustment ..................................240
Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00105, -00205 .... 222 GR-120F-1 (Pythagoras) speed adjustment
1. Setting before adjustment............................... 222 procedure............................................................241
2. Detector adjustment ....................................... 222 Specification Number: GA-700N-1-10101 ...........245
3. Slow stop adjustment ..................................... 224 1. Setting before adjustment ...............................245
4. Setting after adjustment.................................. 224 2. Detector adjustment ........................................245
Specification No.: TR-250M-7-00102 .................. 225 3. Slow stop adjustment ......................................246
Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00102, -00202 .... 225 4. Setting after adjustment ..................................246
Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00106, -00206 .... 225 Specification Number: GA-700N-1-10102 ...........247
1. Setting before adjustment............................... 225 1. Setting before adjustment ...............................247
2. Detector adjustment ....................................... 225 2. Detector adjustment ........................................247
3. Slow stop adjustment ..................................... 227 3. Slow stop adjustment ......................................248
4. Setting after adjustment.................................. 227 4. Setting after adjustment ..................................248
Specification No.: TR-250M-7-00103 .................. 228
Specification No.: TR-250M-7-00104 .................. 228 Checking the Detectors (GR-300N-1) ........... 249
Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00103, -00203 .... 228 1. Boom Length Detector ....................................249
Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00104, -00204 .... 228 2. Boom Angle Detector ......................................250
Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00107, -00207 .... 228 3. Swing Angle Detector......................................251
Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00108, -00208 .... 228 4. Outrigger Extension Width Detector ...............251
1. Setting before adjustment............................... 228 5. Pressure Sensor for Moment Detection..........252
2. Detector adjustment ....................................... 228 6. Jib Angle Detector ...........................................252
3. Slow stop adjustment ..................................... 230
4. Setting after adjustment.................................. 230 Checking the Detectors (TR-250M-7)............ 253
Specification No.: GR-350N-1-00101.................. 231 1. Boom Length Detector ....................................253
Specification No.: GR-350N-1-00102.................. 231 2. Boom Angle Detector ......................................254
1. Setting before adjustment............................... 231 3. Swing Angle Detector......................................255
2. Detector adjustment ....................................... 231 4. Outrigger Extension Width Detector ...............255
3. Slow stop adjustment ..................................... 233 5. Pressure Sensor for Moment Detection..........256
4. Setting after adjustment.................................. 233 6. Jib Angle Detector ...........................................256
Specification No.: GR-350N-1-00103.................. 234
Specification No.: GR-350N-1-00104.................. 234 Checking the Detectors (GR-250N-1/
1. Setting before adjustment............................... 234 GR-350N-1) ................................................. 257
2. Detector adjustment ....................................... 234 1. Boom Length Detector ....................................257
3. Slow stop adjustment ..................................... 235 2. Boom Angle Detector ......................................258
4. Setting after adjustment.................................. 235 3. Swing Angle Detector......................................259
Specification No.: GR-160N-1-00101.................. 236 4. Outrigger Extension Width Detector ...............259
Specification No.: GR-160N-1-00102.................. 236 5. Pressure Sensor for Moment Detection..........260
1. Setting before adjustment............................... 236 6. Jib Angle Detector ...........................................260
2. Detector adjustment ....................................... 236
4 W301-0151E
Foreword
Checking the Detectors (GR-160N-1)............ 261

1. Boom Length Detector.................................... 261
2. Boom Angle Detector...................................... 262
3. Swing Angle Detector ..................................... 263
4. Outrigger Extension Width Detector............... 263
5. Pressure Sensor for Moment Detection ......... 264
Checking the Detectors (GR-120F-1) ............ 265

6. Jib Length Detector ........................................ 267
7. Jib Angle Detector .......................................... 267
Checking the Detectors (GA-700N-1)............ 268

6. Jib Length Detector ........................................ 270
7. Jib Angle Detector .......................................... 270
Fuse............................................................... 271
Replacing Clock Battery ................................ 272

1. In the Case of CPU Board Employing
BR1225 Battery .............................................. 272
CR2032 Battery .............................................. 272
5 W301-0151E
Components of the AML-LIIA Main Unit

1. Panel
RLY3, 4 fuse (3A) RLY5, 6 fuse (3A)
RLY1, 2 fuse (3A) RLY7, 8 fuse (3A)
Main fuse (3A)
SIF1 fuse (2A)
SIF2 fuse (2A)
Moment input short-circuit switch

Abnormality display LED (CPU abnormality)
(Not functioning)
Moment zero adjuster
Protect switch
(Adjusted by AML maker. Do not touch.)
(Selects to "OFF position at adjusting mode)
Top view
Boom lift symbol Moment display

Boom angle symbol Jib length symbol
Upper boom angle limit symbol Jib angle symbol
Jib lift symbol
Boom length symbol
Single top lift symbol
Jib angle display
Actual load display
Scroll-up key
Scroll-down key Rated lifting capacity display
Lifting height limit symbol Load radius symbol
Lifting height symbol Load radius limit symbol
Boom length display Lifting height limit indicator lamp
Lower boom angle limit symbol Upper boom angle limit indicator lamp
Boom angle display
Counterweight condition symbol Lower boom angle limit indicator lamp
Load radius display Lower boom angle limit key

LCD panel Upper boom angle limit key
Front position symbol

Lifting height limit key
Front jack condition symbol
Load radius limit indicator lamp
Outrigger condition symbol
Right swing limit indicator lamp
On-rubber condition symbol
Left swing limit indicator lamp
Suspension lock condition symbol
Load radius limit key
Rear jack condition symbol
Display alteration key
Increase key
Swing position display Set key
Decrease key Right swing limit key

Inspection key Outrigger condition selector key
Lift status selector key Left swing limit key
Front view
6 W301-0151E
2. Internal View and Name Plate
Swing stop
Elevation slow stop
Swing stop (Swing free)

Telescoping/retraction slow stop
Fuse
Swing right
Swing left
CAL/CLOCK Battery
Elevation
raising
Elevation
Lowering
Swing free
Telescoping/
retraction
Output adjuster
(Adjusted by maker.
Do not touch).
Right side view
(Name plate) CPU board
Connector terminal Nos.
Moment display contrast adjuster

LCD panel contrast adjuster
Current output board (for slow stop)
Connector board
SOL1, 2, fuse (2A)

Swing stop
CN1 connector
SOL3, 4, fuse (2A)

Elevation slow stop
CN2 connector
SOL5, 6, fuse (2A)

Swing stop (Swing free)
CN3 connector
CN4 connector
(Not used)
Output adjuster
Power board
(Adjusted by maker.
Analog board Do not touch).
CPU board
Display board
Right side view
7 W301-0151E
3. Internal Block Diagram

CONNECTOR BOARD CURRENT OUTPUT BOARD
Latch
Fuses
Fuses Di SW
input block
Current
amplification
CAL/CLOCK
circuit
Fuses CPU BOARD
Relay
CAL/CLOCK
POWER
BUZZER
BOARD
DC power
block DISPLAY
BOARD
Current
loop circuit CHR display
KEY input
Latch
LCD panel (1)
O.C. Tr.
output Latch
block LCD panel (2)
LCD SW. backlights

Di SW
input block
ANALOG BOARD
Buffer
Latch
Latch Analog
Buffer multiplexer A/D
converter
Pressure sensor
analog detector
power supply
8 W301-0151E
Diagram of the AML-LIIA System (GR-300N-1/TR-250M-7/GR-250N-1/GR-350N-1)
Diagram of the AML-LIIA System

(GR-300N-1/TR-250M-7/GR-250N-1/GR-350N-1)
Boom angle detector CONNECTOR BOARD
Boom length detector (*1): These connectors are not

used in TR-250M-7,
GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1.
Swing angle detector
(*2): Not mounted on
TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1,
Pressure sensor (Main)
GR-350N-1 with jib and
without power tilting.
(*3): Not mounted on
TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1,
Pressure sensor (Accumulator) Stop cancel input GR-350N-1.
Stop cancel input (*4): GR-300N-1: From FC5114
TR-250M-7: From FB4054
Working condition input
GR-250N-1: From FB4054
Pressure sensor for moment detection
(elevating cylinder)
GR-350N-1: From 506299
Jib angle detector
Jib remote control

operation signal input
Jib remote control output Automatic stop output (AML vent)
Automatic stop output (remote control pressure vent)

Working condition
input Transmitter
Hook-in control output Telescoping control output
Alarm output
(buzzer)
Swing stop
2 : GR-300N-1From FC5113
GR-250N-1FB4064,
Lever operation detection input
FB4073,
FB4083,
Elevating slow stop from FB4134
Combination meter
GR-350N-1506299,
Outrigger extension width detector 506300,
(4 locations)
from 506305
Lower unit
Upper unit
Outrigger retracting
operation detection input
MDT (Multiplex Data Transmitter)
AML external indicator

(Option)
Winch high-speed hoist-down output
Jib remote control operation output
Swing stop (swing free)

Jib operation detection input
9 W301-0151E
Input/Output Signals of the AML-LIIA System (GR-300N-1/TR-250M-7/GR-250N-1/GR-350N-1)
Input/Output Signals of the AML-LIIA System

(GR-300N-1/TR-250M-7/GR-250N-1/GR-350N-1)
As shown in the "Diagram of the AML-LIIA System" on the previous page, the inside of the AML-LIIA is
composed of the display board, CPU board, analog board, power board, current output board, and connector
board. All the input/output signals go through the connector board. Below are the names of the signals that are
input to/output from the CN1, CN2, and CN3 connectors, and the descriptions of their functions.
Names and functions of signals input to/output from CN1 connector are shown below:
CN 1 connector
Signal names and functions
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Ground for boom length detector, boom angle detector, swing
1 DET1GND angle detector 1, and swing angle detector 2
Input voltage: DC 0 V
Signal name: Impressed voltage output to boom length detector, boom angle
2 DET1SRC detector, swing angle detector 1, and swing angle detector 2
Output voltage: DC 4.5 V
Signal name: Boom length detector input
Analog input to detect the boom length.
Input voltage: DC 0 to 4.5 V
Reference data
With GR-300N-1
Input voltage at boom full retraction (7.7 m): 0.45 V
(Ai check A/D conversion value: 203)
Input voltage at boom full extension (32 m): 2.941 V
(Ai check A/D conversion value 1337)
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1
Input voltage at boom full extension (30.5 m): 2.65 V
3 ANAIN A With GR-350N-1
10 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Boom angle detector input
Analog input to detect the boom angle.
Reference data
With GR-300N-1
Input voltage at boom angle of -8: 0.37 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 167)
Input voltage at boom angle of 83: 3.79 V
4 ANAIN B With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1
Input voltage at boom angle of 0: 0.49 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 220)
With GR-350N-1
Input voltage at boom angle of 83.5: 3.563 V
Signal name: Swing angle detector 1 input

Analog input from the swing angle detector 1 to detect the swing angle.
5 ANAIN C Reference data With GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Input voltage at swing angle of 0: 1.09 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 495)
Input voltage at swing angle of 180: 3.41 V
Signal name: Shield of boom length detector, boom angle detector, swing angle
6 DET1SLD detector 1, and swing angle detector 2
Signal name: Ground for main hydraulic pressure sensor and accumulator
7 DET2GND pressure sensor
Signal name: Impressed voltage output to main hydraulic pressure sensor and
8 DET2SRC accumulator pressure sensor
Reference data With GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
9 ANAIN D Input voltage at swing angle of 0: 3.41 V
11 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Main hydraulic pressure sensor input
Analog input to detect the main hydraulic pressure.
10 ANAIN E
Reference data
Input voltage at main hydraulic pressure of 0 MPa: 0.45 V
Input voltage at main hydraulic pressure of 29.4 MPa: 4.05 V
Signal name: Accumulator pressure sensor input
Analog input to detect the accumulator pressure.
11 ANAIN F
Reference data
Input voltage at accumulator pressure of 0 MPa: 0.45 V
Input voltage at accumulator pressure of 29.4 MPa: 4.05 V
Signal name: Shield of main hydraulic pressure sensor and accumulator
12 DET2SLD pressure sensor
Signal name: Overwind detection switch input
Switch input to detect the overwinding of hook block.
13 Di1
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The hook block is in normal status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The hook block is in overwinding status.
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: 2nd/3rd boom sections full retraction detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the 2nd/3rd boom sections are fully retracted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): 2nd/3rd boom sections are in full retraction status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): 2nd/3rd boom sections are not in full retraction status.
Reference data
In the case (1) or (2) below, the AML judges that the boom full retraction
detection switch is abnormal, and the error message [ SW4
] is displayed.
(1) When the boom length detection value is 7.3 m or less, the boom full
14 Di2 retraction detection switch does not detect the boom full retraction status.
(2) When the boom length detection value is 8.1 m or more, the boom full
retraction detection switch detects the boom full retraction status.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
12 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: 4th/5th/top boom sections full retraction detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the 4th/5th/top boom sections are fully retracted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): 4th/5th/top boom sections are in full retraction status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): 4th/5th/top boom sections are not in full retraction
status.
Reference data
] is displayed.
retraction detection switch does not detect the boom full retraction status.
Signal name: 3rd/top boom sections full retraction detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the 3rd/top boom sections are fully retracted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): 3rd/top boom sections are in full retraction status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): 3rd/top boom sections are not in full retraction status.
Reference data
15 Di3 In the case (1) or (2) below, the AML judges that the boom full retraction
] is displayed.
With GR-350N-1
Signal name: 3rd/4th/top boom sections full retraction detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the 3rd/4th/top boom sections are fully retracted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): 3rd/4th/top boom sections are in full retraction status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): 3rd/4th/top boom sections are not in full retraction
status.
Reference data
] is displayed.
13 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Jib stowed detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib is stowed.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The jib is in stowed status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The jib is not in stowed status.
16 Di4
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Signal name: Jib automatic pin detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib is stowed into the lower area of the boom and
locked to the jib lock device (automatic pin).
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The jib is locked to the lower area of the boom.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The jib is not locked to the lower area of the boom.
17 MB Signal name: Power for circuit from battery
18 MB Input voltage: DC 24 V
Signal name: Power for relay from battery
19 RB
20 RB
Signal name: Attachment operation input
Switch input not to detect the elevation retracting pressure error (E2023) after
the PTO switch is set to "ON (II)."
2 21 TC Input voltage: DC 24 V
Switch ON (DC 24 V): Elevation retracting pressure error (E2023) is not
detected.
Switch OFF (DC 0 V): Elevation retracting pressure error (E2023) is detected.
Signal name: Automatic swing stop cancel switch input
Power input to detect that the automatic swing stop function is canceled.
22 ACC Input voltage: DC 24 V
Switch ON (DC 24 V): The automatic swing stop function is canceled.
Switch OFF (DC 0 V): The automatic swing stop function works.
Signal name: Overwind cutout release switch input
Switch input to detect that the overwind cutout function of the hook block is
canceled.
24 Di5
Switch ON (DC 0 V): Crane stop status due to detection of overwinding of the
hook block and alarm buzzer are canceled.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The overwind cutout function of the hook block works.
Signal name: AML emergency switch input
Switch input to detect that the AML automatic stop function is canceled.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The automatic stop function of the AML is canceled. At the
same time, the diode circuit outside the AML main unit
25 Di6 works together, and the overwind cutout function of the
hook block is also canceled.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The automatic stop function of the AML works.
14 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Boom elevation slow stop cancel switch input
Switch input to detect that the elevation slow stop function is canceled.
26 Di7
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The elevation slow stop function is canceled.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The elevation slow stop function works.
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Jib stowing pin insertion detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib stowing pin is inserted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The jib stowing pin is in inserted status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The jib stowing pin is not in inserted status.
27 Di8 With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Signal name: Jib lock pin insertion detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib connecting pin (E) (jib lock pin) is inserted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The jib connecting pin (E) (jib lock pin) is in inserted
status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The connecting pin (E) (jib lock pin) is not in inserted
status.
Signal name: Over-front area detection switch input
Switch input to detect the swing position (within 2 forward)
28 Di9 Switch ON (DC 0 V): The swing position is in the front side.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): The swing position is in the direction other than front.
Signal name: Swing angle detector 1, 2 selection (swing dead angle detection)
switch input
29 Di10 Switch input to detect the swing position (left lateral side).
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The swing position is in the left lateral side.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): The swing position is in the right lateral side.
30 GND Signal name: Electrical ground
Output voltage: DC 0 V
31 GND
MOGND/ Signal name: Ground for pressure sensor for moment detection
32
DET3GND Input voltage: DC 0 V
Signal name: Impressed voltage output to pressure sensor for moment
MOSRC/ detection
33
DET3SRC
Signal name: Input for pressure sensor for moment detection (extension side)
Analog input to detect the extension side pressure of the elevating cylinder.
MOINP/
34 Input voltage: DC 0 to 5 V
ANAING
Signal name: Input for pressure sensor for moment detection (retraction side)
MOINN/
35 Analog input to detect the retraction side pressure of the elevating cylinder.
ANAINH
Input voltage: DC 0 to 5 V
MOSLD/ Signal name: Shield of pressure sensor for moment detection
36
DET3SLD Input voltage: DC 0 V
15 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Ground for serial port 1
39 SIF1GND
Signal name: Power for serial port 1
40 SIF1SRC
Signal name: Serial port 1 transmission (+) output
41 SIF1TXD+ Transmission data to
signal
transmitter at the top end
Signal name: Serial port 1 transmission (-) output of the boom (*1)
42 SIF1TXD-
signal
(*1): Transmission signal name
With GR-300N-1
Relay output for controlling jib remote control RLY1 to 8
Conditions with which transmitter relay outputs RLY1 to 8 turn ON (DC 24 V)
RLY1 to When the basic conditions and operation condition (1) below are satisfied, these relay outputs
6 corresponding to each operation (pivot pin, jib rotation, connecting pin) turn ON.
When the basic conditions and operation condition (2) below are satisfied, this relay output
RLY7
turns ON.
When the basic conditions below are satisfied, this relay output turns ON.
However, in the following 2 cases, this relay output turns OFF, and the operable lamp on the
remote control for jib operation goes out.
RLY8 Each operation (tilt, pivot pin, jib rotation, connecting pin) is performed with the trigger switch
on the jib operation remote control pulled by operating each control switch simultaneously not
individually.
The AML automatic stop 1 (AML vent) relay output RLY1 is OFF.
Basic conditions
For the AML operation status, "jib set operation" is registered.
The jib remote control switch is "ON."
The POWER switch on the jib operation remote control is pressed. (The operable lamp lights.)
Operation conditions
(1) With the trigger switch on the jib operation remote control pulled, each operation other than tilt
operation (pivot pin, jib rotation, connecting pin) is performed. However, each control switch is operated
individually. (Simultaneous operation is prohibited.)
(2) Tilt operation is not performed.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
16 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Serial port 1 reception (+) input
43 SIF1RXD+ Received data from
signal
Signal name: Serial port 1 reception (-) input of the boom (*1)
44 SIF1RXD-
signal
(*1): Received signal name
With GR-300N-1
Ai1 Jib angle (*2)
Di1 to 9 Jib remote control operation
Di11 Pivot pin full extension detection
Di12 Connecting pin full extension detection
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Jib angle (*3)
(*2): Reference data
With GR-300N-1
Input voltage when jib offset angle is minimum (5): 2.75 V
Input voltage when jib offset angle is maximum (60): 4.03 V
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Input voltage when jib offset angle is minimum (5): 0.825 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 337)
Input voltage when jib offset angle is maximum (45): 3.97 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 1625)
Signal name: Serial port 1 shield
45 SIF1SLD
17 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Automatic stop 1 (AML vent) relay output
When the crane is overloaded, when the hook block is overwound, or when the
AML main unit is out of order, this relay contact turns OFF and crane operation
is stopped.
When the boom elevating operation is being stopped, the slow stop function
works at the same time. (Current for slow stop is output from the boom raising
solenoid proportional valve output CNTL3P or boom lowering solenoid
proportional valve output CNTL4P.)
However, when the boom elevation slow stop cancel switch is set to "," the
slow stop function does not work together. An exception is a case at the
backward stable stop, and the slow stop function works together in this case.
Relay ON (DC 24 V): Normal status
Relay OFF (DC 0 V): Crane stop status
When the AML emergency switch is set to "" and the PTO switch is set to
"ON (II)," this relay output is changed from OFF to ON, and the automatic stop
function of the AML is canceled. (*1) At the same time, the diode circuit outside
the AML main unit works together, and the overwind cutout function of the hook
block is also canceled.
(*1)
: The stop function for backward stability alone is not deactivated, and
permanently operates to stop boom raising operation slowly and stop boom
retracting operation (*2).
(*2)
: Except for boom retracting operation in the case of TR-250M-7,
GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1.
1 RLY 1
Relay output Crane operation status

Moment load factor < 90%
ON
90% Moment load factor < 100%
18 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Moment load factor 100%
The crane operation toward critical side (main winch hoisting
up, auxiliary winch hoisting up, boom extending, boom
lowering, jib tilt down (*1)) is stopped.
(*1)
: Only for power tilt jib specification
While the boom lift is performed with the jib mounted, the
relay output turns OFF when the moment load factor
becomes as follows:
Also, under the condition below, the AML judges that the jib is
mounted.
With GR-300N-1
The jib stowing pin is not inserted.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
The jib connecting pin (E) (jib lock pin) is not inserted.
When the hook block is overwound
lowering, jib tilt down (*1)) is stopped.
(*1)
If the overwind cutout release switch is pressed in this status,
the relay output is changed from OFF to ON, and the
1 RLY 1 overwind cutout function is canceled.
OFF
When the working area limit has been registered and the
crane operation other than swinging goes beyond the limit
area
The crane operation which goes beyond the limit area is
stopped.
When the AML main unit is out of order

All the crane operations other than swinging are stopped.
19 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
When the backward stability control is activated, the crane
operation toward critical side (boom raising or boom
retracting) is stopped.
With GR-300N-1
The backward stability control is activated in the on-rubber
operation only. In the case (1) or (2) below, boom raising and
retracting operations are stopped.
(1) The boom angle becomes 55 or more with the
suspension free.
(2) The AML calculates the backward stability and judges as
dangerous with the suspension locked.
(Example 1): The boom angle becomes 78 or more with
the boom fully retracted (7.7 m).
(Example 2): The boom angle becomes 82 or more with
the boom length 12.7 m.
operation only. In the case (1) or (2) below, boom raising
operation is stopped.
suspension free.
suspension locked.
1 RLY 1 With GR-350N-1
OFF
operation only. In the case (1) or (2) below, boom raising
suspension free.
suspension locked.
20 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Relay output Other control functions
When the moment is abnormal
When the actual load value calculated inside the AML
becomes negative, the crane operation toward critical side
(main winch hoisting up, auxiliary winch hoisting up, boom
extending, boom lowering, jib tilt down (*1)) is stopped.
However, it is not stopped while the boom is retracted to the
traveling posture. When all the conditions below are satisfied,
the AML judges that the boom is being retracted to the
traveling posture.
With GR-300N-1
(1) The boom angle is 0 or less.
(2) The boom length is 7.8 m or less.
(3) The swing position is in the range of front 5.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
(*1)
Functions in GR-300N-1 only

When the hook-in operation is performed
When all the conditions below are satisfied, this relay output
1 RLY 1 turns OFF, and the hook-in control relay output RLY8 turns
OFF
ON.
(1) The PTO switch is "ON (I)."
(2) For the AML operation status, "boom lift" or "single top lift"
is registered.
(3) The boom is fully retracted (*1).
(5) The overwind cutout release switch is "pressed."
(*1)
: When the contact of 2nd/3rd boom sections full retraction
detection switch is "closed," the AML judges that the
boom is fully retracted.
21 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
When the boom reaches the elevation stroke end
When the boom deviates from the boom angle range in which
the extension/retraction side pressure of the elevating cylinder
can be properly detected (GR-300N-1: -6 to 82.6,
TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1: up to 82.5, GR-350N-1: up to
83.5), the boom elevating operation is stopped. However, it
is not stopped while the boom is retracted to the traveling
posture. When all the conditions below are satisfied, the AML
judges that the boom is being retracted to the traveling
posture.
With GR-300N-1
(1) The boom angle is -6 or less.
In the boom angle range between 82.6 and 83, when the
extension/retraction side pressure of the elevating cylinder
cannot be properly detected and the moment load factor
becomes 100% or more, the automatic stop function by
overloading (stop of boom lowering operation) is canceled.
OFF With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1
1 RLY 1 In the boom angle range between 82.5 and 83, when the
With GR-350N-1
In the boom angle range of 83.5 or more, when the
Relay output Jib remote control functions in GR-300N-1 only

Pivot pin retracting operation prohibition function
When the jib is not stowed (*1), the pivot pin cylinder does not
retract even if the pivot pin retraction operation is performed.
At the same time, the following error message is displayed.
OFF
[ ] (Error code 0107)
(*1)
: When the jib stowed detection switch contact is "open,"
the AML judges that the jib is not stowed.
22 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Relay output Jib remote control functions in GR-300N-1 only
Jib rotation mounting operation prohibition function
When the jib is stowed (*1), the jib rotation cylinder does not
extend even if the jib rotation mounting operation is
performed. At the same time, the following error message is
displayed.
(*1)
: When the jib stowed detection switch contact is "closed,"
the AML judges that the jib is stowed.
Jib tilt cylinder retracting operation prohibition function
When the pivot pin cylinder is not fully extended, the jib tilt
cylinder does not retract even if jib tilt cylinder retracting
operation is performed. At the same time, the following error
message is displayed.
Connecting pin retracting operation prohibition function
When the pivot pin cylinder is not fully extended, the
connecting pin cylinder does not retract even if connecting pin
retracting operation is performed. At the same time, the
following error message is displayed.
OFF [ ] (Error code 0119)
Jib fall prevention function
When the jib is not stowed (*1), or when the jib stowing pin is
1 RLY 1 not inserted, if both the pivot pin cylinder and the connecting
pin cylinder are not fully retracted, all the crane operations
other than swing operation are stopped. (*2)
At the same time, the following error message is displayed.
[] (Error code 0103)
(*1)
the AML judges that the jib is not stowed.
(*2)
: When the boom status other than "jib set operation" has
been registered in the AML, the crane operation is not
stopped.
Monitoring function of abnormal operation select solenoid
With the jib remote control switch "OFF," when jib tilt
operation is detected even if the telescoping/jib operation
select switch has been set to "boom telescoping," all the
crane operations are stopped. At the same time, the following
error message is displayed.
[ SOL ] (Error code 0111)
Monitoring function of abnormal remote control operation

solenoid
With the jib remote control switch "ON," when jib tilt operation
is detected even if the jib has not been operated with the
OFF remote control, all the crane operations are stopped. At the
same time, the following error message is displayed.
[ SOL ] (Error code 0112)
23 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Jib control functions in TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Relay output
only
When the jib fall prevention function is activated during jib
mounting operation
When all the conditions below are satisfied, boom extending
(1) The jib is extended from the boom side and stowed into
the lower area of the boom (*1).
(2) The jib connecting pin (E) (jib lock pin) is pulled out.
(3) The boom angle is less than 73.
(*1)
: When the contact of jib automatic pin detection switch is
"closed," the AML judges that jib is stowed into the lower
area of the boom.
When the jib fall prevention function is activated during
1 RLY 1 stowing of the jib
OFF When all the conditions below are satisfied, boom extending
(1) The jib is stowed into the lower area of the boom (*1).
(2) The jib connecting pin (E) (jib lock pin) is inserted.
(3) The boom angle exceeds 5.
(*1)
: When the contact of jib automatic pin detection switch is
"closed," the AML judges that jib is stowed into the lower
area of the boom.
When the jib tension rod buckling prevention function is
activated (*1)
With the jib connecting pin (E) (jib lock pin) inserted, that is,
when the jib is not mounted, the jib tilt cylinder does not
retract even if jib tilt down operation is performed.
(*1)
Signal name: Automatic stop 2 (remote control pressure vent) relay output
With GR-300N-1
When the PTO switch is set to "ON (I)," this relay contact turns ON. (The relay
turns OFF on the program.)
However, when the jib remote control switch is turned ON, this relay contact is
changed from ON to OFF, and the crane operation from the cab is stopped.
Relay ON (DC 0 V): Crane stop status
2 RLY 2 (Remote control operation for jib is selected.)
Relay OFF (DC 24 V): Normal status
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
When the PTO switch is set to "ON (I)," this relay contact turns ON. (The relay
turns OFF on the program.)
Relay ON (DC 0 V): Crane stop status
24 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Accumulator low-pressure alarm relay output
This relay contact turns ON, and the buzzer sounds when the accumulator
pressure value becomes as follows:
With GR-300N-1
Approx. 8.8 MPa (90 kgf/cm2) or less
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Approx. 9.3 MPa (95 kgf/cm2) or less
3 RLY 3 Relay ON (DC 24 V): The alarm buzzer sounds.
Signal name: AML alarm relay output

When the crane is overloaded, this relay contact turns ON, and the buzzer
sounds.
Relay ON (DC 24 V): The alarm buzzer sounds.
Relay OFF (DC 0 V): The alarm buzzer does not sound.
Relay output Conditions for alarming
OFF Moment load factor < 90%

relay output turns ON/OFF when the moment load factor
becomes as follows:
ON/OFF Also, under the condition below, the AML judges that the jib is
mounted.
4 RLY 4 With GR-300N-1
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
The jib lock pin is not inserted.
relay output turns ON when the moment load factor becomes
as follows:
ON Also, under the condition below, the AML judges that the jib is
mounted.
With GR-300N-1
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
25 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Telescoping control relay output
With GR-300N-1
When the boom length becomes the specified value (17.45 m) or more/less,
this relay contact turns ON/OFF, and the 4th/5th/top boom or 2nd/3rd boom
sections telescope.
Relay ON (DC 24 V): 4th/5th/top boom sections telescope.
Relay OFF (DC 0 V): 2nd/3rd boom sections telescope.
When the boom length becomes the specified value (16.3 m) or more/less, this
relay contact turns ON/OFF, and the 3rd/top boom or 2nd boom section
telescopes.
5 RLY 5 Relay ON (DC 24 V): (3rd/top boom) sections telescope.
Relay OFF (DC 0 V): 2nd boom section telescopes.
With GR-350N-1
When the boom length becomes the specified value (15.93 m) or more/less,
this relay contact turns ON/OFF, and the (3rd/4th/top boom) or 2nd boom
section telescopes.
Relay ON (DC 24 V): (3rd/4th/top boom) sections telescope.
(Note): For the 4-section boom, indication in ( ) changes to 3rd/top boom.
Signal name: Overwinding alarm relay output

When the hook block is overwound, this relay contact turns ON and the buzzer
7 RLY 7 sounds.
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Hook-in control relay output
When the hook-in operation is performed, this relay contact turns ON, the
automatic stop 1 (AML vent) relay output RLY1 turns OFF, and the set pressure
of the winch hydraulic circuit is changed to the lower pressure.
Relay ON (DC 24 V): The set pressure of the winch hydraulic circuit is changed
to the low pressure.
8 RLY 8 When all the conditions below are satisfied, the AML judges that the hook-in
operation is being performed.
(2) For the AML operation status, "boom lift" or "single top lift" is registered.
(*1)
: When the contact of 2nd/3rd boom sections full retraction detection switch is
"closed," the AML judges that the boom is fully retracted.
26 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
8 RLY 8
Not used
Signal name: Main winch hoist-up operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting hoist-up operation of the main winch.
9 Di11
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-up operation of the main winch is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Hoist-up operation of the main winch is detected.
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Main winch hoist-down operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting hoist-down operation of the main winch.
10 Di12 Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-down operation of the main winch is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Hoist-down operation of the main winch is detected.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
Signal name: Auxiliary winch hoist-up operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting hoist-up operation of the auxiliary winch.
11 Di13
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-up operation of the auxiliary winch is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Hoist-up operation of the auxiliary winch is detected.
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Auxiliary winch hoist-down operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting hoist-down operation of the auxiliary winch.
12 Di14 Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-down operation of the auxiliary winch is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Hoist-down operation of the auxiliary winch is detected.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
Signal name: Swing right proportional valve output
When the right swing operation is stopped by the automatic swing stop function,
controlled current is output from the AML to the swing right proportional valve.
However, in the 3 cases below, the automatic swing stop function does not
work.
(1) The automatic swing stop cancel switch is set to "."
(2) On-rubber operation
(3) The AML emergency switch is set to "," and the PTO switch is set to
"ON (II)."
Output voltage: Square wave 0 to 24 V
13 CNTL 1P
27 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Crane operation status in which automatic swing stop function is enabled
The outrigger extension width differs in the front/rear/left/right, and if the right
swing operation is continued further, the status enters an operation range in
which the moment load factor becomes 100% or more.
While the boom lift is performed with the jib mounted, the automatic swing stop
function works when the status enters an operation range in which the moment
load factor becomes 90% or more, not 100% or more.
13 CNTL 1P Also, under the condition below, the AML judges that the jib is mounted.
With GR-300N-1
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
The swing limit has been registered, and the crane operation goes beyond the
right swing limit area.
Signal name: Ground terminal of swing right proportional valve
14 CNTL 1N
Signal name: Swing left proportional valve output
When the left swing operation is stopped by the automatic swing stop function,
controlled current is output from the AML to the swing left proportional valve.
work.
(3) When the AML emergency switch is set to "," and the PTO switch is
set to "ON (II).
The outrigger extension width differs in the front/rear/left/right, and if the left
15 CNTL 2P
Also, under the condition below, the AML judges that the jib is mounted.
With GR-300N-1
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
left swing limit area.
Signal name: Ground terminal of swing left proportional valve
16 CNTL 2N
Signal name: Boom extending operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting boom extending operation.
17 Di15
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom extending operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Boom extending operation is detected.
28 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Boom retracting operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting boom retracting operation.
18 Di16 Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom retracting operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Boom retracting operation is detected.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
Signal name: Boom raising operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting boom raising operation.
19 Di17
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom raising operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Boom raising operation is detected.
Signal name: Boom lowering operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting boom lowering operation.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom lowering operation is detected.
20 Di18
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Boom lowering operation is detected.
Signal name: Right swing operation detection switch input

Input from the switch detecting right swing operation.
21 Di19
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No right swing operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Right swing operation is detected.
Signal name: Left swing operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting left swing operation.
22 Di20
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No left swing operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Left swing operation is detected.
Signal name: Boom raising proportional valve output
When the boom raising operation is slowly stopped by the slow stop function,
controlled current is output from the AML to the boom raising proportional valve.
slow stop function does not operate.(*1)
23 CNTL 3P
(*1)
: An exception is a case at the backward stable stop, and the slow stop
function is operated in this case.
For the crane operation status in which the slow stop function is activated, refer
to the automatic stop 1 (AML vent) relay output RLY1.
Signal name: Ground terminal of boom raising proportional valve
24 CNTL 3N
Signal name: Boom lowering proportional valve output
When the boom lowering operation is slowly stopped by the slow stop function,
controlled current is output from the AML to the boom lowering proportional
valve. However, when the boom elevation slow stop cancel switch is set to "
25 CNTL 4P ," the slow stop function does not operate.
29 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Ground terminal of boom lowering proportional valve
26 CNTL 4N
Signal name: Serial port 2 transmission (+)
30 SIF2TXD+
output signal Transmission data to MDT
(*1)
Signal name: Serial port 2 transmission (-)
31 SIF2TXD-
output signal
GR-300N-1/TR-250M-7/GR-250N-1/GR-350N-1
Do1 AML cancellation (AML warning indicator lamp)
Do2 Jib lock display 1 (jib lock lamp)
Do3 Hook-in (hook-in indicator lamp)
Do4 Fixing jib (boom telescoping operation indicator lamp/jib tilt operation indicator lamp)
Do5 Emergency suspension free conditions (*2)
Do6 Outrigger retracting operation detection response
(*2): Conditions
GR-300N-1/TR-250M-7/GR-250N-1/GR-350N-1
For the AML operation status, "boom lift" or "single top lift" is registered.
For GR-300N-1, TR-250M-7, and GR-250N-1, the actual load is 0.5 t or less. For GR-350N-1, it is 0.7 t or
less. For GR-300N-1, the boom length is 8 m or less. For TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, and GR-350N-1, it is
9.8 m or less.
The boom angle is 55 or less.
30 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
32 SIF2RXD+
signal
Received data from MDT (*3)
Signal name: Serial port 2 reception (-) input
33 SIF2RXD-
signal
GR-300N-1/TR-250M-7/GR-250N-1/GR-350N-1
ANIN2 O/R (FL) (*4)
ANIN3 O/R (FR) (*4)
ANIN4 O/R (RL) (*4)
ANIN5 O/R (RR) (*4)
Di1 Outrigger retracting operation detection (monitor signal of relay output RY6 from MDT lower unit)
Di2 Emergency suspension free detection
With GR-300N-1
H-type outrigger
Input voltage when outrigger extension width is minimum: 0.62 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 253)
Input voltage when outrigger extension width is maximum: 4.23 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 1732)
X-type outrigger
H-type outrigger
With GR-350N-1
X-type outrigger
34 SIF2SLD
31 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Less than 90% (safety) output
When the moment load factor is less than 90%, the OC (open collector) output
turns ON.
OC output ON (DC 0 V): The external indicator lamp indicating less than 90%
lights.
OC output OFF (DC 24 V): The external indicator lamp indicating less than 90%
goes out.
1 TR1 While the boom lift is performed with the jib mounted, the OC output turns ON
when the moment load factor is less than 80%.
With GR-300N-1
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Signal name: 90% alarm output

When the moment load factor is 90% or more and less than 100%, the OC (open
collector) output turns ON.
OC output ON (DC 0 V): The external indicator lamp indicating 90% lights.
OC output OFF (DC 24 V): The external indicator lamp indicating 90% goes out.
While the boom lift is performed with the jib mounted, the OC output turns ON
2 TR2
when the moment load factor is 80% or more and less than 90%.
With GR-300N-1
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
When the moment load factor is 100% or more, or when the automatic stop
function is canceled, the OC (open collector) output turns ON.
OC output OFF (DC 24 V): The external indicator lamp indicating 100% goes
out.
Conditions under which the OC output turns ON
3 TR3 While the boom lift is performed with the jib mounted, the OC output turns ON
when the moment load factor becomes as follows:
With GR-300N-1
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
32 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
Overwind cutout release switch: "Press"
3 TR3 Automatic swing stop cancel switch: ""
AML emergency switch: "" + PTO switch: "ON (II)"
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Auxiliary winch high-speed hoist-down output
When the actual load is less than the specified value (300 kg) and the
hoist-down operation of the auxiliary winch is detected, the OC (open collector)
output turns ON. When the auxiliary winch high-speed hoist-down switch is set to
4 TR4 ON, high-speed hoist-down operation works.
OC output ON (DC 0 V): High-speed hoist-down operation works.
OC output OFF (DC 24 V): Normal-speed hoist-down operation works.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Main winch high-speed hoist-down output
hoist-down operation of the main winch is detected, the OC (open collector)
output turns ON. When the main winch high-speed hoist-down switch is set to
5 TR5 ON, high-speed hoist-down operation works.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Remote control operation SOL (tilt up) output
When all the conditions below are satisfied, the OC (open collector) output turns
ON.
(1) For the AML operation status, "jib set operation" is registered.
(2) The jib remote control switch is "ON."
(3) The POWER switch on the jib operation remote control is pressed. (The
operable lamp lights.)
7 TR7 (4) With the trigger switch on the jib operation remote control pulled, operations
other than jib tilt cylinder extension (jib tilt cylinder retraction, pivot pin, jib
rotation, connecting pin) are performed. However, each control switch is
operated individually. (Simultaneous operation is prohibited.)
OC output ON (DC 0 V): Operations other than jib tilt cylinder extension (jib tilt
cylinder retraction, pivot pin, jib rotation, connecting pin)
are performed.
OC output OFF (DC 24 V): All the conditions above are not satisfied.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
33 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Remote control operation SOL (tilt down) output
When all the conditions below are satisfied, the OC (open collector) output turns
ON.
(1) For the AML operation status, "jib set operation" is registered.
(2) The jib remote control switch is "ON."
(3) The POWER switch on the jib operation remote control is pressed. (The
8 TR8 operable lamp lights.)
(4) With the trigger switch on the jib operation remote control pulled, the jib tilt
cylinder is extended.
OC output ON (DC 0 V): The jib tilt cylinder is being extended.
OC output OFF (DC 24 V): All the conditions above are not satisfied.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Jib remote control switch input
Switch input to detect that the remote control operation for jib is selected.
10 Di25 Switch ON (DC 0 V): Remote control operation is selected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Remote control operation is not selected.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Telescoping/jib operation select switch input
Switch input to detect that the boom telescoping operation is selected.
11 Di26 Switch ON (DC 0 V): Boom telescoping operation is selected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Jib tilt operation is selected.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
Signal name: Jib tilt up operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting jib tilt up operation.
12 Di27
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No jib tilt up operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Jib tilt up operation is detected.
Signal name: Jib tilt down operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting jib tilt down operation.
13 Di28
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No jib tilt down operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Jib tilt down operation is detected.
34 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Swing relief proportional valve output
In the swing free status, when the swing movement is stopped by the automatic
swing stop function, controlled current is output from the AML to the swing relief
proportional valve. However, in the 3 cases below, the automatic swing stop
function does not work.
"ON (II)."
16 CNTL 5P The outrigger extension width differs in the front/rear/left/right, and if the swing
free operation is continued further, the status enters an operation range in which
the moment load factor becomes 100% or more.
With GR-300N-1
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
The swing limit has been registered, and the swing free operation goes beyond
the right swing or left swing limit area.
Signal name: Ground terminal of swing relief proportional valve
17 CNTL 5N Input voltage: DC 0 V
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Telescoping retraction proportional valve output
When the 2nd/3rd boom sections are fully retracted and when the 4th/5th/top
boom sections are fully retracted, controlled current is output from the AML to the
18 CNTL 6P telescoping retraction proportional valve. Each of them stops slowly at the stroke
end.
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
With GR-300N-1
Signal name: Ground terminal of telescoping retraction proportional valve
With TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1
Not used
Signal name: Swing free switch input
Switch input to detect that the swing free is selected.
21 Di21
Switch ON (DC 0 V): Swing free is selected.
Contact OFF (DC 5 V): Swing free is canceled.
35 W301-0151E
Input/Output Signals of the AML-LIIA System (GR-160N-1)
Diagram of the AML-LIIA System (GR-160N-1)

2 : Applicable Serial No: From 525872
(*1): Applicable Serial No: From 525849
Boom length detector
Pressure sensor (main)
Stop cancel input
Stop cancel input

Automatic stop output (AML vent)
Hook-in control output Telescoping control output
Alarm output
(buzzer)
Swing stop
Lever operation
detection input
Elevation slow stop

Combination meter
Outrigger extension length detector

(4 locations)
Upper unit
Lower unit
operation detection
input MDT (Multiplex Data
Transmitter)
lamp output (option)
Winch high-speed hoist-down output
4th/5th/top boom sections telescoping operation detection input
36 W301-0151E

CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
Reference data
3 ANAIN A
4 ANAIN B Reference data

Reference data
5 ANAIN C Input voltage at swing angle of 0: 1.09 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 495)
Signal name: Ground for main hydraulic pressure sensor
7 DET2GND
Signal name: Impressed voltage output to main hydraulic pressure sensor
8 DET2SRC
9 ANAIN D Analog input from the swing angle detector 2 to detect the swing angle.
37 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
Reference data
10 ANAIN E Reference data
Signal name: Shield of main hydraulic pressure sensor
12 DET2SLD
13 Di1 Switch ON (DC 0 V): The hook block is in normal status.
Signal name: 2nd/3rd boom sections full retraction detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the 2nd/3rd boom sections are fully retracted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): 2nd/3rd boom sections are in full retraction status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): 2nd/3rd boom sections are not in full retraction status.
Reference data
] is displayed.
Signal name: 4th/5th/top boom sections full retraction detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the 4th/5th/top boom sections are fully retracted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): 4th/5th/top boom sections are in full retraction status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): 4th/5th/top boom sections are not in full retraction status.
Reference data
15 Di3 detection switch is abnormal, and the error message [ SW1
] is displayed.
Signal name: Jib lock pin stowed detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib (jib lock pin) is stowed.
16 Di4
19 RB Signal name: Power for relay from battery
20 RB Input voltage: DC 24 V
38 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
2 21 TC Input voltage: DC 24 V
detected.
canceled.
24 Di5
25 Di6 same time, the diode circuit outside the AML main unit
works together, and the overwind cutout function of the
26 Di7
Signal name: Jib set pin insertion detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib set pin is inserted.
27 Di8
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The jib set pin is in inserted status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The jib set pin is not in inserted status.
28 Di9
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The swing position is in the front side.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): The swing position is in the status other than front.
31 GND Output voltage: DC 0 V
32
MOSRC/ detection
33
DET3SRC Output voltage: DC 5 V
39 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
MOINP/
34 Analog input to detect the extension side pressure of the elevating cylinder.
ANAING
MOINN/
ANAINH
36
40 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
is stopped.
slow stop function does not work together.
function of the AML is canceled. At the same time, the diode circuit outside the
AML main unit works together, and the overwind cutout function of the hook
ON
lowering) is stopped.
1 RLY 1
becomes as follows:
Also, when the jib set pin is not inserted, the AML judges that
the jib is mounted.
OFF lowering) is stopped.
overwind cutout function is canceled.
area
stopped.
41 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
extending, boom lowering) is stopped. However, it is not
stopped while the boom is retracted to the traveling posture.
When all the conditions below are satisfied, the AML judges
that the boom is being retracted to the traveling posture.
(1) The boom angle is -5 or less.
(2) The swing position is within front 5.
turns OFF, and the hook-in control relay output RLY8 turns
ON.
(2) For the AML operation status, "boom lift" or "single top lift"
is registered.
(*1)
: When the contact of 2nd/3rd boom sections full retraction
detection switch is "closed," the AML judges that the
1 RLY 1
OFF boom is fully retracted.
the extension/retraction side pressure of the elevating cylinder
can be properly detected (-5.3 to 82.5), the boom elevating
operation is stopped. However, it is not stopped while the
boom is retracted to the traveling posture. When all the
conditions below are satisfied, the AML judges that the boom
is being retracted to the traveling posture.
(1) The boom angle is -5.3 or less.
In the boom angle range of 82.6 or more, when the
42 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
When the jib fall prevention function is activated during jib
mounting operation
When all the conditions below are satisfied, boom extending
The jib (jib lock pin) is stowed.
1 RLY 1
OFF The jib set pin is not inserted.
The boom angle is less than 75.
When the upper boom angle limit function is activated during
jib mounting/stowing operation
When the boom angle becomes 80 at jib set, boom raising
sounds.
4 RLY 4
ON/OFF becomes as follows:
the jib is mounted.
ON as follows:
the jib is mounted.
When the boom length becomes the specified value (15.1 m) or more/less, this
relay contact turns ON/OFF, and the 4th/5th/top boom or 2nd/3rd boom
5 RLY 5 sections telescope.
Relay ON (DC 24 V): 4th/5th/top boom sections telescope.
sounds.
7 RLY 7 Relay ON (DC 24 V): The alarm buzzer sounds.
43 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
When all the conditions below are satisfied, the AML judges that the hook-in
8 RLY 8 operation is being performed.
(2) For the AML operation status, "boom lift" or "single top lift" is registered.
(*1)
: When the contact of 2nd/3rd boom sections full retraction detection switch is
"closed," the AML judges that the boom is fully retracted.
9 Di11
10 Di12
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-down operation of the main winch is detected.
11 Di13 Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-up operation of the auxiliary winch is detected.

Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-down operation of the auxiliary winch is detected.
12 Di14
44 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
work.
"ON (II)."
13 CNTL 1P
Also, when the jib set pin is not inserted, the AML judges that the jib is mounted.
14 CNTL 1N
work.
"ON (II)."
15 CNTL 2P
16 CNTL 2N
45 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
17 Di15 Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom extending operation is detected.
(*1)

19 Di17

20 Di18
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom lowering operation is detected.
21 Di19
22 Di20
23 CNTL 3P slow stop function does not operate.
24 CNTL 3N
valve. However, when the boom elevation slow stop cancel switch is set to "
25 CNTL 4P ," the slow stop function does not operate.
46 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name

26 CNTL 4N

30 SIF2TXD+
(*1)
31 SIF2TXD-
output signal
Do4 Fixing jib (boom telescoping operation indicator lamp)
32 SIF2RXD+
signal
33 SIF2RXD-
signal
ANIN2 O/R (FL) (*3)
ANIN3 O/R (FR) (*3)
ANIN4 O/R (RL) (*3)
ANIN5 O/R (RR) (*3)
X-type outrigger
H-type outrigger
34 SIF2SLD
47 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
turns ON.
OC output ON (DC 0 V): The external indicator lamp indicating less than 90%
lights.
1 TR1
goes out.
when the moment load factor is less than 80%.
2 TR2
when the moment load factor is 80% or more and less than 90%.
out.
3 TR3 Moment load factor 100%

Automatic swing stop cancel switch: ""
Signal name: Auxiliary winch high-speed hoist-down output
hoist-down operation of the auxiliary winch is detected, the OC (open collector)
4 TR4 output turns ON. When the auxiliary winch high-speed hoist-down switch is set to
ON, high-speed hoist-down operation works.
48 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Main winch high-speed hoist-down output
hoist-down operation of the main winch is detected, the OC (open collector)
5 TR5 output turns ON. When the main winch high-speed hoist-down switch is set to
ON, high-speed hoist-down operation works.
Signal name: 4th/5th/top boom sections telescoping operation detection switch
input
Input from the switch detecting 4th/5th/top boom sections telescoping operation.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No 4th/5th/top boom sections telescoping operation is
13 Di28
detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): 4th/5th/top boom sections telescoping operation is
detected.

"ON (II)."
16 CNTL 5P Crane operation status in which automatic swing stop function is enabled
The outrigger extension width differs in the front/rear/left/right, and if the swing
Also, when the jib stowing pin is not inserted, the AML judges that the jib is
mounted.
17 CNTL 5N
Signal name: Swing free switch input

Switch input to detect that the swing free is selected.
21 Di21
Contact OFF (DC 5 V): Swing free is canceled.
49 W301-0151E
Diagram of the AML-LIIA System (GR-120F-1)
Diagram of the AML-LIIA System (GR-120F-1)
Boom angle detector Connector board

CONNECTOR BOARD
Stop cancel input
Stop cancel input

Jib-related
Jib length detector
Transmitter
Jib angle detector
Alarm output
(buzzer)
Hook-in control output
Swing stop
Lever operation
detection input
Elevation slow stop
Combination meter
(4
(4 locations)
locations)
Upper unit
Lower unit
operation detection MDT (Multiplex Data
input Transmitter)
AML external indicator lamp output (option)
Jib indicator lamp

output
Telescoping slow stop
Working condition input Jib length limit (option)
50 W301-0151E
Input/Output Signals of the AML-LIIA System (GR-120F-1)

CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
Reference data
3 ANAIN A
Input voltage at boom angle of -2.7: 0.57 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 261)
Input voltage at boom angle of 82.4: 3.76 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 1712)
5 ANAIN C Reference data
Input voltage at swing angle of 0: 1.09 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 495)
Signal name: Ground for main hydraulic pressure sensor
7 DET2GND
Signal name: Impressed voltage output to main hydraulic pressure sensor
8 DET2SRC
Reference data
9 ANAIN D Input voltage at swing angle of 0: 3.41 V
51 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
10 ANAIN E
Reference data
Signal name: Shield of main hydraulic pressure sensor
12 DET2SLD
13 Di1
Signal name: Boom full retraction detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the boom is fully retracted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The boom is in full retraction status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The boom is not in full retraction status.
Reference data
] is displayed.
Signal name: Jib lock pin stowed detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib (jib lock pin) is stowed.
16 Di4 (Used for the input condition at hook-in operation.)
21 TC Input voltage: DC 24 V
detected.
52 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
canceled.
24 Di5
25 Di6 same time, the diode circuit outside the AML main unit
works together, and the overwind cutout function of the
26 Di7
28 Di9
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The swing position is in the front side.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): The swing position is in the status other than front.
32
MOSRC/ detection
33
DET3SRC
MOINP/
34 Analog input to detect the extension side pressure of the elevating cylinder.
ANAING
MOINN/
ANAINH
36
39 SIF1GND
40 SIF1SRC
53 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
signal
42 SIF1TXD-
signal
(*1): Transmission signal name: Jib rotation stowing, connecting pin retraction
Jib rotation mounting, connecting pin extension
signal
44 SIF1RXD-
signal
(*2): Received signal name: Jib angle, jib length, jib full retraction, jib tilt down (maximum),
reverse retraction, reverse mounting, connecting pin full extension,
connecting pin full retraction
45 SIF1SLD
54 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
When the crane is overloaded, when the hook block is overwound, or when the AML
main unit is out of order, this relay contact turns OFF and crane operation is stopped.
When the boom raising and jib raising operation are being stopped, the slow
stop function works at the same time. (Current for slow stop is output from the
boom raising solenoid proportional valve output CNTL3P.)
However, when the boom elevation slow stop cancel switch is set to "," the slow
stop function does not work together.
function of the AML is canceled. At the same time, the diode circuit outside the
AML main unit works together, and the overwind cutout function of the hook
ON
lowering, jib extending, jib lowering) is stopped.
1 RLY 1 The crane operation toward critical side (main winch hoisting
up, auxiliary winch hoisting up, boom extending, jib extending,
jib lowering) is stopped.
area
OFF The crane operation which goes beyond the limit area is
stopped.
55 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
extending, boom lowering, jib extending, jib lowering) is
stopped. However, it is not stopped while the boom is
retracted to the traveling posture. When all the conditions
below are satisfied, the AML judges that the boom is being
OFF retracted to the traveling posture.

turns OFF, and the hook-in control relay output RLY8 turns
ON.
(1) For the AML status setting, "jib set" is registered.
(2) The boom is fully retracted (*1) (Di2: Boom full retraction
1 RLY 1 detection).
(3) The jib is fully retracted (Jib transmitter Di1: Jib full
retraction detection).
(4) The jib is in stowed status (Di4: Jib lock pin stowed
detection).
(*1)
: When the contact of boom full retraction detection switch
is "closed," the AML judges that the boom is fully
retracted.
When the jib is mounted and stowed
OFF When an improper operation is performed, this relay output
turns OFF, and interlock is activated.
When the boom deviates from the boom angle 81.9 at which
the extension side pressure of the elevating cylinder can be
properly detected, the boom elevating operation is stopped.
However, it is not stopped while the boom is retracted to the
traveling posture. When all the conditions below are satisfied,
the AML judges that the boom is being retracted to the
traveling posture.
At the boom angle 80.4 or more, when the
3 RLY 3 Signal name: Alarm (high-frequency buzzer) relay output (not used)
56 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
sounds.
Relay ON (DC 24 V): The alarm buzzer (low frequency) sounds.
Relay OFF (DC 0 V): The alarm buzzer (low frequency) does not sound.
4 RLY 4
ON/OFF 90% Moment load factor < 100%
ON Moment load factor 100%
Signal name: Jib warning indicator relay output
When the combination of operation selection is abnormal, when the jib set error
occurs (when the jib is not fully retracted), and when the combination of
operation selecting status and connection/rotation, maximum jib tilt down
5 RLY 5
detection is abnormal, this relay contact turns ON, and the jib warning lamp
lights.
Relay ON (DC 24 V): The jib warning lamp lights.
Relay OFF (DC 0 V): The jib warning lamp goes out.
Signal name: Jib tilt operation indicator relay output
When jib operation is selected, this relay contact turns ON, and the jib tilt
operation indicator lamp lights.
Relay ON (DC 24 V): The jib tilt operation indicator lamp lights.
6 RLY 6
Relay OFF (DC 0 V): The jib tilt operation indicator lamp goes out.
When boom lift or jib set operation is selected with "jib set" selected by
the AML status setting, if the jib tilt down angle is not maximum, the jib
tilt indicator lamp flashes.
sounds.
7 RLY 7

When all the conditions below are satisfied, the AML judges that the hook-in
8 RLY 8 operation is being performed.
(1) For the AML status setting, "jib set" is registered.
(2) The boom is fully retracted (*1) (Di2: Boom full retraction detection).
(3) The jib is fully retracted (Jib transmitter Di1: Jib full retraction detection).
(4) The jib is in stowed status (Di4: Jib lock pin stowed detection).
(*1)
: When the contact of boom full retraction detection switch is "closed," the
AML judges that the boom is fully retracted.
57 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
9 Di11 Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-up operation of the main winch is detected.

11 Di13 Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-up operation of the auxiliary winch is detected.

work.
"ON (II)."
13 CNTL 1P


work.
"ON (II)."
15 CNTL 2P Output voltage: Square wave 0 to 24 V

58 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Boom/jib extending operation detection switch input

Input from the switch detecting boom extending/jib tilt down operation.
17 Di15 Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom/jib extending operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Boom/jib extending operation is detected.
(*1)
Signal name: Boom/jib retracting operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting boom retracting/jib tilt up operation.
18 Di16 Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom/jib retracting operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Boom/jib retracting operation is detected.
(*1)
Signal name: Boom/jib raising operation detection switch input
19 Di17
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom/jib raising operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Boom/jib raising operation is detected.
Signal name: Boom/jib lowering operation detection switch input
20 Di18
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom/jib lowering operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Boom/jib lowering operation is detected.
21 Di19
22 Di20
When the boom and jib raising operation is slowly stopped by the slow stop
function, or when the jib raising speed is limited, controlled current is output
from the AML to the boom raising proportional valve. However, when the boom
23 CNTL 3P elevation slow stop cancel switch is set to "," the slow stop function does
not operate.
24 CNTL 3N
When the jib lowering speed is limited, controlled current is output from the AML
25 CNTL 4P
to the boom lowering proportional valve.
59 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
26 CNTL 4N
30 SIF2TXD+
(*1)
31 SIF2TXD-
output signal
32 SIF2RXD+
signal
33 SIF2RXD-
signal
ANIN2 O/R (FL) (*3)
ANIN3 O/R (FR) (*3)
ANIN4 O/R (RL) (*3)
ANIN5 O/R (RR) (*3)
H-type outrigger
34 SIF2SLD
60 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
turns ON.
1 TR1 OC output ON (DC 0 V): The external indicator lamp indicating less than 90%
lights.
goes out.
2 TR2 collector) output turns ON.
out.
3 TR3
Automatic swing stop cancel switch: ""
Signal name: Jib telescoping operation indicator output
When jib operation is selected, the OC (open collector) turns ON.
OC output ON (DC 0 V): The jib telescoping operation indicator lamp lights.
OC output OFF (DC 24 V): The jib telescoping operation indicator lamp goes out.
6 TR6 When boom lift, jib set operation (rotation stowing), or jib set operation
(connecting pin retraction) is selected and the jib is not fully retracted
with "jib set" selected by the AML status setting, the jib telescoping
indicator lamp flashes.
Signal name: Connecting pin indicator output

When detected status of the connecting pin is normal, the OC (open collector)
output turns ON.
OC output ON (DC 0 V): The connecting pin indicator lamp lights.
7 TR7
OC output OFF (DC 24 V): The connecting pin indicator lamp goes out.
When detection is abnormal, or when the jib connecting pin position is
not detected properly, the connecting pin indicator lamp flashes.
61 W301-0151E
Applicable Serial No.
1 : From FD1149
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Jib rotation indicator output
When detected status of the jib rotation mounting and stowing is normal, the OC
(open collector) output turns ON.
OC output ON (DC 0 V): The jib rotation indicator lamp lights.
8 TR8
OC output OFF (DC 24 V): The jib rotation indicator lamp goes out.
When detection is abnormal, or when the jib is being rotated, the jib
rotation indicator lamp flashes.
Signal name: Jib rotating operation select switch input

Switch input to detect that the jib rotating operation is selected.
10 Di25
Switch ON (DC 0 V): Jib rotating operation is selected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Jib rotating operation is not selected.
Signal name: Connecting pin operation select switch input
Switch input to detect that the connecting pin operation is selected.
11 Di26
Switch ON (DC 0 V): Connecting pin operation is selected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Connecting pin operation is not selected.
Signal name: Jib set operation select switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib set operation is selected.
12 Di27
Switch ON (DC 0 V): Jib set operation is selected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Jib set operation is not selected.
Signal name: Jib operation select switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib operation is selected.
13 Di28
Switch ON (DC 0 V): Jib operation is selected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Jib operation is not selected.
Signal name: Boom and jib telescoping extension proportional valve output
When the boom and jib extending speed is limited, controlled current is output
16 CNTL5P
from the AML to the telescoping extension proportional valve.
Signal name: Ground terminal of boom and jib telescoping extension proportional
valve
17 CNTL5T
Signal name: Boom and jib telescoping retraction proportional valve output
When the boom and jib retracting speed is limited, controlled current is output
18 CNTL6P
from the AML to the telescoping retraction proportional valve.
Signal name: Ground terminal of boom and jib telescoping retraction proportional
valve
19 CNTL6N
Signal name: Jib length limit switch input (option)

Switch input to detect that jib length is limited.
1 21 Di21
Switch ON (DC 0 V): When the jib is extended, jib length is limited.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): When the jib is extended, jib length is not limited.
62 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Jib mounting operation selector switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib mounting operation is selected.
22 Di22
Switch ON (DC 0 V): Jib mounting operation is selected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Jib mounting operation is not selected.
Signal name: Jib stowed operation selector switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib stowing operation is selected.
23 Di23
Switch ON (DC 0 V): Jib stowing operation is selected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Jib stowing operation is not selected.
63 W301-0151E
Diagram of the AML-LIIA System (GA-700N-1)
Diagram of the AML-LIIA System (GA-700N-1)
Connector board
Pressure sensor (accumulator) Swing free input

Telescoping lever control
selector switch input

Jib angle detector
Jib length detector

Transmitter
Jib control output

Accumulator abnormal pressure

warning lamp output
4th/top boom sections
Alarm output telescoping control output
(buzzer)
Jib tilt warning

Swing stop
lamp output
Hydraulic removal output for jib connecting
pin and jib pivot pin operation
Elevation slow stop

Lever operatiaon
detection input

(4 locations)
Transmitter
Outrigger retraction detection input
Front jack ground detection input

AML external indicator lamp output
(option)
Boom and jib connecting pin lock warning lamp output
3rd boom section telescoping control output
2nd boom section telescoping control output

Telescoping retraction slow stop
Stop cancel input

64 W301-0151E
Input/Output Signals of the AML-LIIA System (GA-700N-1)

CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
3 ANAIN A Reference data
Input voltage at boom full extension (44 m): 3.77 V
Input voltage at boom angle of -2: 0.6 V (Ai check A/D conversion value: 272)
5 ANAIN C Analog input from the swing angle detector 1 to detect the swing angle.
Signal name: Ground for main hydraulic pressure sensor and accumulator
7 DET2GND pressure sensor
Signal name: Impressed voltage output to main hydraulic pressure sensor and
8 DET2SRC accumulator pressure sensor
9 ANAIN D
65 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
10 ANAIN E
Reference data
Signal name: Accumulator pressure sensor input
Analog input to detect the accumulator pressure.
11 ANAIN F
Reference data
Input voltage at accumulator pressure of 0 MPa: 0.45 V
Input voltage at accumulator pressure of 29.4 MPa: 4.05 V
Signal name: Shield of main hydraulic pressure sensor and accumulator
12 DET2SLD pressure sensor
13 Di1
Signal name: 4th/top boom sections full retraction detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the 4th/top boom sections are fully retracted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): 4th/top boom sections are in full retraction status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): 4th/top boom sections are not in full retraction status.
Reference data
With boom telescoping system I (2nd/3rd boom sections end extending system)
In the case (1) or (2) below, the AML judges that the 4th/top boom sections full
retraction detection switch is abnormal, and the error message [
SW2 ] is displayed.
(1) When the boom length detection value is 27.4 m or less, the 4th/top boom
sections full retraction detection switch does not detect the full retraction
status.
14 Di2 (2) When the boom length detection value is 28.2 m or more, the 4th/top boom
sections full retraction detection switch detects the full retraction status.
With boom telescoping system II (3rd boom section end extending system)
In the case (1) or (2) below, the AML judges that the 4th/top boom sections full
SW2 ] is displayed.
(1) When the boom length detection value is 19.2 m or less, the 4th/top boom
sections full retraction detection switch does not detect the full retraction
status.
(2) When the boom length detection value is 20 m or more, the 4th/top boom
sections full retraction detection switch detects the full retraction status.
66 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: 2nd to top boom sections (all sections) full retraction detection
switch input
Switch input to detect that the 2nd to top boom sections are fully retracted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): 2nd to top boom sections are in full retraction status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): 2nd to top boom sections are not in full retraction status.
Reference data
In the case (1) or (2) below, the AML judges that the 2nd/3rd boom sections full
15 Di3 retraction detection switch and the 4th/top boom sections full retraction
detection switch are abnormal, and the error message [ SW1
] is displayed.
(1) When the boom length detection value is 11.3 m or less, the 2nd/3rd boom
sections full retraction detection switch and the 4th/top boom sections full
retraction detection switch do not detect the full retraction status.
(2) When the boom length detection value is 11.7 m or more, the 2nd/3rd boom
sections full retraction detection switch and the 4th/top boom sections full
retraction detection switch detect the full retraction status.
Signal name: 2nd boom section full retraction detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the 2nd boom section is fully retracted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): 2nd boom section is in full retraction status.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): 2nd boom section is not in full retraction status.
Reference data
Not used
16 Di4 With boom telescoping system II (3rd boom section end extending system)
In the case (1) or (2) below, the AML judges that the 2nd boom section full
SW3 ] is displayed.
(1) When the boom length detection value is 35.5 m or less, the 2nd boom
section full retraction detection switch does not detect the full retraction
status.
(2) When the boom length detection value is 36.3 m or more, the 2nd boom
section full retraction detection switch detects the full retraction status.
Signal name: Swing free/lock selector switch input
Power input to detect that the swing free is selected.
Switch OFF (DC 0 V): Swing lock is selected.
22 ACC
67 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Jib operation select 1 switch input
Switch input to detect the position of the telescoping lever control selector
switch.
24 Di5 Switch ON (DC 0 V): The telescoping lever control selector switch is at the
position of either jib tilt operation or jib set operation.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The telescoping lever control selector switch is at the
position of either boom telescoping operation or jib
telescoping operation.
Signal name: Jib operation select 2 switch input
Switch input to detect the position of the telescoping lever control selector
switch.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The telescoping lever control selector switch is at the
25 Di6 position of either jib telescoping operation or jib set
operation.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): The telescoping lever control selector switch is at the
position of either boom telescoping operation or jib tilt
operation.
Signal name: Jib tilt down/extending operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting the jib tilt down or jib extending operation.
26 Di7
Switch ON (DC 0 V): Jib tilt down or jib extending operation is not detected.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): Jib tilt down or jib extending operation is detected.
Signal name: Jib tilt up/retracting operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting the jib tilt up or jib retracting operation.
27 Di8
Switch ON (DC 0 V): Jib tilt up or jib retracting operation is not detected.
Switch OFF (DC 24 V): Jib tilt up or jib retracting operation is detected.
Signal name: Jib stowed detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the jib is stowed.
28 Di9
Signal name: Swing angle detector 1, 2 selector (swing dead angle detection)
switch input
29 Di10 Switch input to detect the swing position (left lateral side).
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The swing position is in the left lateral side.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): The swing position is in the right lateral side.
32
MOSRC/ detection
33
DET3SRC
MOINP/ Analog input to detect the extension side pressure of the elevating cylinder.
34
ANAING Input voltage: DC 0 to 5 V
68 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
MOINN/
ANAINH
36
39 SIF1GND
40 SIF1SRC
signal
42 SIF1TXD-
signal
Jib control outputs SOL No. 1, SOL No. 2, SOL No. 3
Depending on the ON (DC 0 V)/OFF (DC 24 V) status of the jib operation select 1 switch input Di5 and
jib operation select 2 switch input Di6 of the AML, the jib control outputs SOL No. 1, SOL No. 2, and
SOL No. 3 of the transmitter turn ON (DC 24 V).
Position of telescoping Jib operation select 1, 2
Jib control output of transmitter
lever control selector switch input of AML
switch Di5 Di6 SOL No. 2 SOL No. 3 SOL No. 1
Boom telescoping
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
operation
Jib tilt operation ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
Jib telescoping
OFF ON ON ON OFF
operation
Jib set operation ON ON ON OFF ON (*2)
(*2): Turned ON when the jib mounting/retracting operation is performed.
Jib control outputs SOL No. 4, SOL No. 5

When the jib connecting pin/jib pivot pin operation detection switch input Di7 of the transmitter turns
ON (DC 0 V), the jib control outputs SOL No. 4 and SOL No. 5 of the transmitter turn ON (DC 24 V).
Jib connecting pin/jib pivot pin operation detection
Jib control output of transmitter
switch input of transmitter
Di7 SOL No. 4 SOL No. 5
ON ON ON
69 W301-0151E
CN 1 connector
Pin No. Name
signal
44 SIF1RXD-
signal
Jib angle (*2)
Jib length (*3)
Di1 Jib full retraction detection (*4)
Di2 Jib tilt detection
Di6 Jib connecting pin/jib pivot pin insertion detection
Di7 When jib connecting pin/jib pivot pin operation is detected (when this input Di7 is ON (DC 0 V), the
jib connecting pin/jib pivot pin hydraulic removal relay output RLY7 of AML turns ON (DC 24 V).
Input voltage when jib offset angle is minimum (5): 3.64 V
Input voltage when jib offset angle is maximum (60): 1.57 V
With GA-700N-1-10101
Input voltage at jib full retraction (9.7 m): 0.45 V
Input voltage at jib full extension (16 m): 3.23 V
With GA-700N-1-10102
Input voltage at jib full retraction (10.7 m): 0.45 V
Input voltage at jib full extension (18 m): 1.75 V
With GA-700N-1-10101
In the case (1) or (2) below, the AML judges that the jib full retraction detection switch is abnormal, and the
error message [ 1 ] is displayed.
(1) When the jib length detection value is 9.5 m or less, the jib full retraction detection switch does not
detect the full retraction status.
(2) When the jib length detection value is 9.9 m or more, the jib full retraction detection switch detects the
full retraction status.
With GA-700N-1-10102
In the case (1) or (2) below, the AML judges that the jib full retraction detection switch is abnormal, and the
error message [ 1 ] is displayed.
(1) When the jib length detection value is 10.5 m or less, the jib full retraction detection switch does not
detect the full retraction status.
(2) When the jib length detection value is 10.9 m or more, the jib full retraction detection switch detects the
full retraction status.
45 SIF1SLD
70 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
is stopped.
However, when the boom elevation slow stop cancel switch is set to "ON (
)," the slow stop function does not work together. An exception is a case at
the backward stable stop, and the slow stop function works together in this
case.
When the AML emergency switch is retained at the position of automatic stop
cancel (ON), this relay output is changed from OFF to ON only for a duration
while the switch is retained, and the automatic stop function of the AML
becomes canceled.(*1)
(*1)
: The stop function for backward stability alone is not deactivated, and
permanently operates to stop boom raising operation slowly.
ON
1 RLY 1 Moment load factor 100%
boom lowering, jib tilt down) is stopped.
becomes as follows:
Outrigger
extension width: Moment load factor 90%
Maximum (7.8 m)
Outrigger
extension width:
OFF Middle (7.2 m)
Outrigger
extension width:
Middle (5.3 m)
When the jib stowed detection switch contact is "open," the
AML judges that the jib is mounted.
boom lowering, jib tilt down) is stopped.
71 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
If the overwinding stop cancel switch is pressed in this status,
area
stopped.
OFF When the AML main unit is out of order
When the backward stability control is activated, the crane
operation toward critical side (boom raising) is stopped.
The backward stability control is the function which works
when at least one outrigger is in the minimum extension
status (2.23 m). In the swing position range of 130 on
left/right lateral side, when the boom angle becomes 67 or
more, boom raising operation is stopped.
extending, boom lowering, jib extending, boom lowering, jib tilt
1 RLY 1
down) is stopped. However, it is not stopped while the boom
is retracted into the boom rest. When all the conditions below
are satisfied, the AML judges that the boom is being retracted
into the boom rest.
OFF the extension/retraction side pressure of the elevating cylinder
can be properly detected (-2.4 to 83.5), the boom elevating
In the boom angle range between 83.5 and 84, when the
72 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Relay output Jib control functions
Abnormal position of telescoping lever control selector switch
turns OFF. At the same time, the following error message is
displayed.
Error message:
[ ]
(1) The telescoping lever control selector switch is at the
position other than "Jib set operation."
(2) The jib connecting pin switch or jib pivot pin switch is
being controlled.
Boom telescoping limit function in jib stowed status
turns OFF. At the same time, the following error message is
displayed.
Error message:
[ ]
(1) The jib is in stowed status (*1).
(2) The jib tilt angle is not 0 (*2).
(4) The boom extending or retracting operation is detected.
(*1)
1 RLY 1 (*2)
OFF : When the jib tilt detection switch contact is "open," the
AML judges that the jib tilt angle is not 0.
Jib tilt down limit function in jib stowed status
(Jib tilt warning lamp/alarm)
turns OFF, and jib tilt warning lamp/alarm relay output RLY6
turns ON. At the same time, the following error message is
displayed.
Error message:
[ ]
(2) The jib tilt angle is not 0 (*2).
(3) The jib tilt down or extending operation is detected.
(*1)
(*2)
: When the jib tilt detection switch contact is "open," the
AML judges that the jib tilt angle is not 0.
73 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Jib extending limit function in jib stowed status
(Jib tilt warning lamp/alarm)
turns OFF, and jib tilt warning lamp/alarm relay output RLY6
turns ON. At the same time, the following error message is
displayed.
Error message:
[ ]
(2) The jib is not fully retracted (*2).
(3) The jib tilt down or extending operation is detected.
(*1)
(*2)
: When the jib full retraction detection switch contact is
"open," the AML judges that the jib is not fully retracted.
Jib tilt up limit function during jib lift

(Alarm for abnormal jib tilt)
When all the conditions below are satisfied during jib lift, this
relay output turns OFF, and the abnormal jib tilt/jib set alarm
relay output RLY8 turns ON. At the same time, the following
Error message:
1 RLY 1
OFF [ ]
[ ]
(1) The jib is in mounted status (*1).
(2) The jib tilt angle is 3.5 or less.
(3) The jib tilt up operation is detected.
(*1)
the AML judges that the jib is mounted.
Jib tilt down limit function during jib lift
(Alarm for abnormal jib tilt)
When all the conditions below are satisfied during jib lift, this
relay output turns OFF, and the abnormal jib tilt/jib set alarm
relay output RLY8 turns ON. At the same time, the following
Error message:
[ ]
[ ]
(1) The jib is in mounted status (*1).
(2) The jib tilt angle is 61 or more.
(3) The jib tilt down operation, main winch hoist-up operation,
or auxiliary winch hoist-up operation is detected.
(*1)
74 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Jib extending limit function during jib set
(Alarm for abnormal jib set)
When all the conditions below are satisfied during jib set
operation, this relay output turns OFF, and the abnormal jib
tilt/jib set alarm relay output RLY8 turns ON. At the same time,
the following error message is displayed.
Error message:
[ ]
1 RLY 1
OFF (1) The jib is in mounted status (*1).
(2) The jib length is specified length (*2) or more.
(3) The jib extending operation is detected.
(*1)
(*2)
: 9.9 m (GA-700N-1-10101)
10.9 m (GA-700N-1-10102)
Signal name: Accumulator abnormal pressure alarm relay output

When the accumulator pressure deviates from the normal range described
below, this relay contact turns ON (relay OFF on the program), and the
2 RLY 2 accumulator abnormal pressure warning lamp lights.
Normal range: 2.2 to 5.9 MPa (22 to 60 kgf/cm2)
Relay OFF (DC 24 V): Accumulator abnormal pressure warning lamp lights.
sounds.
3 RLY 3
75 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
sounds.
becomes as follows:
Outrigger
extension width: 80% Moment load factor < 90%
Maximum (7.8 m)
ON/OFF Outrigger
extension width:
Middle (7.2 m)
4 RLY 4 Outrigger
extension width:
Middle (5.3 m)
as follows:
Outrigger
extension width: Moment load factor 90%
Maximum (7.8 m)
ON Outrigger
extension width:
Middle (7.2 m)
Outrigger
extension width:
Middle (5.3 m)
76 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
In the case (1) or (2) below, this relay contact turns ON, and 4th/top boom
sections telescope.
(1) With the 2nd/3rd boom sections extended to the specified length (27.4 m)
or more, the next boom section extension switch is pressed.
(2) With the 2nd/3rd boom sections extended to the specified length (27.4 m)
or more, the contact of 4th/top boom sections full retraction detection switch
becomes "open."
Relay ON (DC 24 V): 4th/top boom sections telescope.
In the case (1) or (2) below, this relay contact turns ON, and 4th/top boom
5 RLY 5 sections telescope.
In the case (3) or (4) below, this relay contact turns OFF, and 2nd boom section
telescopes.
(1) With the 3rd boom section extended to the specified length (19.2 m) or
more, the next boom section extension switch is pressed.
(2) With the 3rd boom section extended to the specified length (19.2 m) or
more, the contact of 4th/top boom sections full retraction detection switch
becomes "open."
(3) With the 3rd/4th/top boom sections extended to the specified length (35.5
m) or more, the next boom section extension switch is pressed.
(4) With the 3rd/4th/top boom sections extended to the specified length (35.5
m) or more, the contact of 2nd boom section full retraction detection switch
becomes "open."
Relay ON (DC 24 V): 4th/top boom sections telescope.
Signal name: Jib tilt warning lamp/alarm relay output
When the jib is tilted (*2) or extended (*3) with the jib stowed (*1), this relay contact
turns ON, the jib tilt warning lamp lights, and the alarm buzzer sounds.
At the same time, the automatic stop 1 (AML vent) relay output RLY1 turns
OFF.
Relay ON (DC 24 V): The jib tilt warning lamp lights and the alarm buzzer
sounds.
6 RLY 6
(*1)
: When the jib stowed detection switch contact is "closed," the AML judges
that the jib is stowed.
(*2)
: When the jib tilt detection switch contact is "open," the AML judges that the
jib is tilted.
(*3)
: When the jib full retraction detection switch contact is "open," the AML
judges that the jib is extended.
Signal name: Jib connecting pin/jib pivot pin hydraulic removal relay output
When the jib connecting pin or jib pivot pin is operated, the jib connecting pin/jib
pivot pin operation detection switch input Di7 of the transmitter at the top end of
7 RLY 7 the boom turns ON (DC 0 V), and this relay contact turns ON.
Relay ON (DC 24 V): The jib connecting pin or jib pivot pin is operated.
Relay OFF (DC 0 V): The jib connecting pin or jib pivot pin is not operated.
77 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: Abnormal jib tilt/jib set alarm relay output
Alarm for abnormal jib tilt
When the jib offset angle deviates from the range between 3.5 and 61 during
jib lift, this relay contact turns ON, and the buzzer sounds.
OFF.
8 RLY 8 Alarm for abnormal jib set
When the jib length becomes to the following specified length or more during jib
set operation, this relay contact turns ON, and the buzzer sounds.
OFF.
GA-700N-1-10101: Specified length 9.9 m
GA-700N-1-10102: Specified length 10.9 m
9 Di11
10 Di12
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-down operation of the main winch is detected.
11 Di13
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-up operation of the auxiliary winch is detected.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No hoist-down operation of the auxiliary winch is detected.
12 Di14
78 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
work.
(1) The automatic swing stop cancel switch is set to "ON ()."
(2) The AML emergency switch is retained at the position of automatic stop
cancel (ON).
function works when the status enters either of followings, not when enters an
operation range in which the moment load factor becomes 100% or more.
When status enters an operation range
Outrigger extension width:
in which the moment load factor
Maximum (7.8 m)
becomes 90% or more
13 CNTL 1P Outrigger extension width:
Middle (7.2 m) When status enters an operation range
Outrigger extension width: becomes 85% or more
Middle (5.3 m)
When the jib stowed detection switch contact is "open," the AML judges that the
jib is mounted.

14 CNTL 1N
79 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
work.
cancel (ON).
15 CNTL 2P While the boom lift is performed with the jib mounted, the automatic swing stop
Maximum (7.8 m)
becomes 90% or more
Middle (5.3 m)
jib is mounted.
16 CNTL 2N
17 Di15
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom extending operation is detected.
Signal name: Boom retracting operation detection switch input
Input from the switch detecting boom retracting operation.
18 Di16
Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom retracting operation is detected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Boom retracting operation is detected.
19 Di17
20 Di18 Switch ON (DC 0 V): No boom lowering operation is detected.
80 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
21 Di19
22 Di20
However, when the boom elevation slow stop cancel switch is set to "ON (
)," the slow stop function does not operate.(*1)
23 CNTL 3P
(*1)
: An exception is a case at the backward stable stop, and the slow stop
function is operated in this case.
24 CNTL 3N
valve. However, when the boom elevation slow stop cancel switch is set to "ON
25 CNTL 4P ()," the slow stop function does not operate.
26 CNTL 4N
81 W301-0151E
CN 2 connector
Pin No. Name
32 SIF2RXD+
signal Received data from lower
Signal name: Serial port 2 reception (-) input part of the transmitter (*1)
33 SIF2RXD-
signal
Ai1 O/R (FR) (*2)
Ai2 O/R (FL) (*2)
Ai3 O/R (RR) (*2)
Ai4 O/R (RL) (*2)
Di3 Outrigger retracting operation detection
Di4 Front jack ground detection
H-type outrigger
34 SIF2SLD
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
out.
Maximum (7.8 m)
1 TR1
Middle (7.2 m)
Middle (5.3 m)
jib is mounted.
Overwinding stop cancel switch: "Press"
(2) AML emergency switch: "Retain at the position of automatic stop cancel
(ON)."
82 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
2 TR2 Outrigger extension width: When the moment load factor is 80% or
Maximum (7.8 m) more and less than 90%
Middle (7.2 m) When the moment load factor is 75% or
Outrigger extension width: more and less than 85%
Middle (5.3 m)
jib is mounted.
Signal name: Boom and jib connecting pin lock warning lamp output
When the jib connecting pin/jib pivot pin insertion detection input Di6 of the
transmitter at the top end of the boom turns ON (DC 0 V), the OC (open
5 TR5 collector) output turns OFF.
OC output ON (DC 0 V): Boom and jib connecting pin lock warning lamp lights.
OC output OFF (DC 24 V): Boom and jib connecting pin lock warning lamp goes
out.
Signal name: 3rd boom section telescoping control output
This OC (open collector) output is normally OFF.
In the case (1) or (2) below, this OC (open collector) output turns OFF, and
4th/top boom sections telescope.
(1) With the 3rd boom section extended to the specified length (19.2 m) or more,
the next boom section extension switch is pressed.
(2) With the 3rd boom section extended to the specified length (19.2 m) or more,
the contact of 4th/top boom sections full retraction detection switch becomes
"open."
OC output ON (DC 0 V): 3rd boom section telescopes.
6 TR6 OC output OFF (DC 24 V): 4th/top boom sections telescope.
83 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
Signal name: 2nd boom section telescoping control output
This OC (open collector) output is normally OFF.
In the case (1) or (2) below, this OC (open collector) output turns ON, and 2nd
boom section telescopes.
7 TR7 (1) With the 3rd/4th/top boom sections extended to the specified length (35.5 m)
or more, the next boom section extension switch is pressed.
(2) With the 3rd/4th/top boom sections extended to the specified length (35.5 m)
or more, the contact of 2nd boom section full retraction detection switch
becomes "open."
OC output ON (DC 0 V): 2nd boom section telescopes.
OC output OFF (DC 24 V): 4th/top boom sections telescope.
Signal name: Next boom section extension switch input
Switch input to extend 4th/top boom sections after 2nd/3rd boom sections are
fully extended.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The next boom section extension switch is pressed.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): The next boom section extension switch is not pressed.
10 Di25
Switch input to extend 4th/top boom sections after 3rd boom section is fully
extended. Or, switch input to extend 2nd boom section after 4th/top boom
sections are fully extended.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The next boom section extension switch is pressed.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): The next boom section extension switch is not pressed.
Signal name: Boom telescoping system selector switch input
Switch input to select the boom telescoping system I and II.
11 Di26
Switch ON (DC 0 V): Boom telescoping system I is selected.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): Boom telescoping system II is selected.
Signal name: Counterweight mount detection switch input
Switch input to detect that the counterweight is mounted.
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The counterweight is mounted.
Switch OFF (DC 5 V): The counterweight is not mounted.
12 Di27
84 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
cancel (ON).
The outrigger extension width differs in the front/rear/left/right, and if the swing
16 CNTL 5P While the boom lift is performed with the jib mounted, the automatic swing stop
Maximum (7.8 m)
becomes 90% or more
Middle (5.3 m)
jib is mounted.
17 CNTL 5N
Signal name: Telescoping retraction proportional valve output
When the 2nd boom section is fully retracted, when the 3rd boom section is fully
retracted, and when the 4th/top boom sections are fully retracted, controlled
18 CNTL 6P
current is output from the AML to the telescoping retraction proportional valve.
Each of them stops slowly at the stroke end.
Signal name: Ground terminal of telescoping retraction proportional valve
19 CNTL 6N
Signal name: Overwinding stop cancel switch input
canceled.
21 Di21
22 Di22
Switch ON (DC 0 V): The automatic stop function of the AML is canceled.
85 W301-0151E
CN 3 connector
Pin No. Name
23 Di23
Switch input to detect that the automatic swing stop function is canceled.
24 Di24
86 W301-0151E
F unc tions o f and H ow to Us e User Mo de (GR-3 00N- 1 /TR -25 0M- 7/GR- 250N -1 /GR-35 0N-1 )
[OPERATION] 2. Maintenance Mode:

Used to make functional checks of the AML. Refer
Functions of and How to Use User to the "ADJUSTMENT AND MAINTENANCE"
Mode section.
(GR-300N-1/TR-250M-7/GR-250N-1
/GR-350N-1) 3. Adjustment Mode:
Used to make detector adjustment. Refer to the
"ADJUSTMENT AND MAINTENANCE" section.
Mode Structure
The AML device has three modes and the AML
functions are allotted for these models.
ON
POWER ON
Protect
USER MODE

MAINTENANCE MODE
switch

ON
ON
Protect

switch

OFF
OFF
ADJUSTMENT MODE
ON
POWER ON
IW301-0153J03
1. User Mode:
Used to indicate moment load factor or to perform
AML pre-operational inspection (Normally used).
In normal use, turn ON the protect switch

mounted on the adjustment window on the top of
the AML.
The AML will go to the user mode when the power
turns on.
The abnormality display LED lights when the AML

is in abnormal conditions (to indicate that the CPU
is faulty).
PROTECT
MOMENT
SHORT
ZERO
HALT
WDT
OFF
ON
ProtectLED
Abnormality
switch
display LED
Top
view IW301-0151J35
87 W301-0151E
Configuration and Functions of the AML

2. Working area limit functions
System When any working area limit is registered to the
AML, the crane is controlled so that the crane
The AML system has various kinds of functions,
work posture does not exceed this registered
including the following five typical functions.
working area limit. When the crane reaches the
Based on the work conditions registered in the
registered limit, failure message is shown, alarm
AML and the signals from various sensors, these
buzzer sounds, and the crane operation stops.
functions control the crane operations.
3. Slow stop function
1. Automatic stop function to prevent overloading
When the crane boom elevation is stopped as
The AML calculates and compares the working
shown in 1 and 2 above, at the boom elevation
and rated moment values and displays their ratio.
stroke end, or at the boom retracting stroke end
When the working moment exceeds the rated (*1)
(when all the booms are fully retracted or the
moment (100% or more), failure message is
top boom is fully retracted), the operation speed
shown, alarm buzzer sounds, and the crane
goes down gradually and then the operation stops
operation toward the critical side stops.
slowly.
If the backward stability is getting worse, failure (*1)
: For TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, and GR-350N-1,
message is shown, alarm buzzer sounds, and the
there is no slow stop function at the boom
operation toward the critical side stops. retracting stroke end.
The availability of the above described automatic stop function, working area limit functions, and slow stop
function is as shown in the table below depending on the individual operation. Be careful that turning the AML
emergency switch to "," and the PTO switch to "ON (II)" will change the center warning lamp to "AML
warning" state and deactivate all the above AML stop functions (the troubleshooting function of the system).
However, the stop function for backward stability alone is not deactivated, and permanently operates.
On-outrigger operation On-rubber operation
Automatic stop Hoisting up
by overloading Boom lowering
Boom extension
Swing
Jib lowering (*1) No jib lift
Stop for backward Boom raising -
stability Boom retraction (*2)
-
Stop at the stroke end Boom raising/lowering
(*2)
Boom retraction
Stop by working area Boom raising/lowering
limit Swing
Boom extension
Jib raising/lowering (*1) No jib lift
: Slow stop : Stop : No stop -: Not related
(*1)
: For TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, and GR-350N-1 with jib and without power tilt, there is no stop function.
(*2)
: For TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, and GR-350N-1, there is no stop function.
88 W301-0151E
When the automatic swing stop cancel switch is set to "," the swing does not stop automatically.
When the boom elevation slow stop cancel switch is set to "," the slow stop function of the boom
raising/lowering is deactivated. An exception is a case of stopping for backward stability, and the slow stop
function is not deactivated.
Automatic
swing stop Elevation
slow stop

canceled canceled
Automatic
slow stop
Swing stop
IW301-0151J50
Elevation
slow stop IW301-0151J51
4. Alarm Functions
Condition Alarm
Overwinding Buzzer: Tremolo sound
Moment load Moment display: Applicable bargraph
factor is lit yellow.
90% or more,
and less than
Buzzer: Sounds intermittently.
100%
factor is lit until the moment load factor is up
100% or more to 110%. When 110% is exceeded, all
the bargraphs are lit.
Buzzer: Sounds continuously.

Crane Moment display: Displays the control
operation message.
control
required
Buzzer: Beep (only for 3 seconds)(*1)
Working area The corresponding limit indicator
limit function lamp flashes.
activated
AML system Moment display: Displays an error
error message.
(*1): There are two types of buzzer sounds and

those are classified as follows:
Slow stop control: Beep in long cycle
Other controls: Beep in short cycle
5. Boom elevating speed adjusting function

This function adjusts the maximum speed when
the boom is extended.
89 W301-0151E

Boom length detection Boom angle detection
Moment load factor

Front position detection
Crane operation detection
detection
Swing angle detection

Registration of the outrigger

condition

Outrigger extension

Operator input
width detection
(*1)
(*1)

Jib offset
angle detection Registration of the boom

and jib lift
Registration of the

working area limits
AML unit
AML
Display panel
Alarm buzzer
AML
lamps (option)

An automatic
stop is output when:
Moment load factor is

100% The
Stop for

100% or more. working backward
area limit stability

Overwinding occurs. signal is signal is
output.

O / R

output.
Boom raising

halted
Boom retraction
(*1)
halted
(*1) (*2)
Jib tilting down halted
(*2)
Boom
Boom
Hoisting up
Swing toward
Left swing
Upper boom
Lifting
Load radius

extension lowering halted critical side restricted angle height restricted

halted
halted
halted (except
Right swing
restricted restricted
for outrigger fully restricted
( Lower boom

extended) angle
)
restricted
u
H
L
R
IW301-0153J04
(*1): For TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, and GR-350N-1 with jib and without power tilting, there is no stop function.
(*2): For TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, and GR-350N-1, there is no stop function.
90 W301-0151E
Names and Functions of the Parts

A. Bargraph display
AML (Main Unit) 3
1
Message

2
4 IW301-0151J54
1. Load factor mark

The moment load factors on the bargraph are
color coded as follows:

safe (green), notice (yellow) and limit (red)

2. Moment display

O / R

Normally displays a moment load factor on a

bargraph and in value. Displays the main

hydraulic pressure and accumulator pressure
IW301-0151J53 when the display alteration key is pressed.
Displays the boom elevating speed adjustment
A. Bargraph display value when the increase key or decrease key is
B. Display panel 1 pressed. Also displays error messages when
detects an error in a detector or others.
C. Controls section
D. Display panel 2 3. Scroll-up key ()
Used to see the previous lines of message
displayed on the moment display.
4. Scroll-down key ()
Used to see the next lines of message displayed
on the moment display.
91 W301-0151E
9. Load radius display

B. Display panel 1
Normally displays the cranes load radius.
22 1 2 3
Displays the boom swing angle while the display
alteration key is pressed. When the load radius
21 limit function is activated, the registered load
20 radius limit value is displayed while the set key is
m
17
pressed.
19
18 15 14 13
m 4 10. Boom angle display
12 t
Normally displays the boom angle. Displays the
16
5
moment load factor (%) while the display
max t
alteration key is pressed. When the lower limit
function of boom angle is activated, the registered
m 6
limit value is displayed while the set key is
pressed.
10 11 9 8 7
11, 12. Boom angle symbols
IW301-0151J55
This symbol indicates that the boom angle display
[10] is showing the boom angle.
1. Boom length symbol
This symbol indicates that the boom length 13. Single top lift symbol
display [19] is showing the boom length. This symbol indicates that the single top
performance is selected.
2. Jib length symbol
This symbol indicates that the jib angle display 14. Boom lift symbol
[22] is showing the jib length. This symbol indicates that the boom lift is
selected.
3. Jib angle symbol
This symbol indicates that the jib angle display 15, 16. Lower boom angle limit symbols
[22] is showing the jib offset angle. This symbol indicates that the boom angle display
[10] is showing the registered lower boom angle
4. Jib lift symbol limit value.
This symbol lights when the jib operation is
selected. 17, 18. Upper boom angle limit symbols
This symbol indicates that the jib angle display
5. Actual load display [22] is showing the registered upper boom angle
Displays the actual load. limit value.
6. Rated lifting capacity display 19. Boom length display

Displays the rated lifting capacity. Normally displays the boom length. Displays the
lifting height while the display alteration key is
7. Load radius limit symbol
pressed. When the lifting height limit function is
This symbol indicates that the load radius display
activated, the registered limit value is displayed
[9] is showing the registered load radius limit
while the set key is pressed.
value. The load radius symbol [8] is also lit at the
same time when this symbol is lit. 20. Lifting height symbol
This symbol indicates that the boom length
8. Load radius symbol
display [19] is showing the lifting height.
[9] is showing the load radius.
92 W301-0151E
6. Set key
21. Lifting height limit symbol
Used to register a selected condition.
display [19] is showing the registered lifting height 7. Display alteration key
limit value. The lifting height symbol [20] is lit at Used to alter the displays on display panel 1.
the same time when this symbol is lit.
8. Left swing limit key
22. Jib angle display Used to activate and release the left swing limiting
The jib offset angle is displayed when the jib function.
operation is selected, and the jib length is
9. Right swing limit key
displayed while the display alteration key is
Used to activate and release the right swing
pressed. Also, when the upper boom angle limit
limiting function.
function is activated, the upper boom angle limit
value is displayed while the set key is pressed. 10. Load radius limit key
Used to activate and release the load radius
C. Controls section
limiting function.
19
17 18 12 11. Lifting height limit key
13 Used to activate and release the lifting height
11
16 limiting function.
14
10 12. Upper boom angle limit key
8 Used to activate and release the uppermost boom
7
angle limiting function.
1 2 3 4 5 15 9 13. Lower boom angle limit key

6 Used to activate and release the lowermost boom
O / R

IW301-0151J56 14 to 19. Limit indicator lamps

Lights when the corresponding limiting function is
activated. If the crane operation reaches the limit
1. Increase key
area while the working area limit function is
Used to increase the selected value. Also, used to
activated, the indicator lamp changes from "being
adjust the elevating speed.
lit" to "flashing."
2. Decrease key
Used to decrease the selected value. Also, used
to adjust the elevating speed.
3. Inspection key
Used to perform the pre-operational inspection of
the AML system.
4. Lift status selector key

Used to select the boom lift status.
5. Outrigger condition selector key

Used to select the on-outrigger or on-rubber
status.
93 W301-0151E
D. Display panel 2
4 1 4
3 3
3 3
4 5 4
IW301-0151J57
1. Front position symbol

Lights to indicate that the swing position comes to
the front position.
2. Swing position display

Indicates the swing position in 10 increments by
flashing.
3. Outrigger condition symbol

Indicates the outrigger extension status by symbol.
Flashes while the outrigger condition is being
registered, and stays lit after the registration is
completed.
4. On-rubber condition symbol

Indicates that the performance in the on-rubber
condition is selected using the symbol.
Lights when the performance in the "on-rubber
stationary" condition is selected, and flashes when
that in the "on-rubber creep" condition is selected.
5. Suspension lock condition symbol

Indicates the suspension lock condition using the
symbol. When the suspension lock performance is
selected, the symbol lights.
94 W301-0151E
Registering Operating Conditions the AML by flashing the outrigger condition symbol.
Check whether it matches the actual outrigger
extension status, and if it is OK, press the set key
WARNING
to register.
Should the operational status be incorrectly
registered, the crane may overturn or be The outrigger condition symbol changes to "being
damaged, leading to a serious accident. Prior to lit" to indicate that the condition has been
every operation, check that the registered status successfully registered.
corresponds to the actual status of the crane.
Registration of Outrigger Condition
[NOTICE]
When the power supply is turned on, the "on-rubber
creep" condition is automatically selected.
Even after the power supply is turned off (PTO
switch: OFF), the registered data is stored, and
when the power supply is turned on again, the IW301-0151J59
system is resumed with the registered operation
condition. However, the maximum storage period is
2 hours. If 2 hours or more have passed before the
The outrigger condition symbol by the outrigger
next power on, the registered data is erased. To
resume the operation, register the settings all over extension width is as follows:
again.
Example for GR-300N-1
To register the outrigger condition, press the
outrigger condition selector key to enable the Fully
extended
6.7m (6.7 m)
outrigger condition selector function, and follow
Mid.6.3m
extended
(6.3 m)
the procedure below.
Mid.5.2m
extended
(5.2 m)
Mid.3.8m
extended
(3.8 m)

Min.2.08m
extended (2.08 m)

IW301-0151J60
Outrigger
2. On-rubber stationary status
condition

symbol
Pressing the outrigger condition selector key
makes the outrigger condition symbol flash. From

Set key
this status, press the outrigger condition selector

O / R

key again. Ensure that the outrigger condition
symbol disappears and the on-rubber condition
Suspension
lock condition
symbol lights.
symbol Outrigger
On-rubber

condition selector
Now, the condition is automatically registered.
condition

key
symbol
IW301-0151J58
1. Outrigger fully extended

indicates the outrigger extension width entered in
95 W301-0151E
Registration of Lift Status
[NOTICE]
When the power supply is turned on, the single top
lift is automatically selected.
Lights.

IW301-0151J61 when the power supply is turned on again, the
system is resumed with the stored operation
3. On-rubber creep (suspension locked) status 2 hours. If 2 hours or more have passed before the
Press the outrigger condition selector key to make
resume the operation, register the settings all over
the on-rubber condition symbol flash. Now, the again.
condition is automatically registered.
Flashes.

Jib lift symbol

Lights.
Single top lift

symbol

Boom lift symbol

Flashes.

IW301-0151J62

O / R

4. On-rubber creep (suspension not locked) status

When the on-rubber creep or stationary status is
Lift status selector key
registered, if the emergency suspension free
switch is set to "," the suspension lock IW301-0151J64
condition symbol disappears and the condition is

automatically registered.
To register the lift status, use the lift status
Flashes.
selector key. Each time the lift status selector key
is pressed, the display changes in numerical
sequence in the table on the next page. The
display returns to (1) if you press the key when
the last status is shown on the display. Select the
status that corresponds to the actual lift status.
The status is automatically registered.
Flashes.

IW301-0151J63
96 W301-0151E
The following display pattern shows in the case of GR-300N-1.
Display
Lift status

Single top lift

(1)
Flashes.

Jib set
(2)
Jib lift: 6.5 m jib, 5 offset

6.5m5 (3)
Jib lift: 11.0 m jib, 5 offset

11.0m5 (4)
Boom
lift (5)
IW301-0151J65
97 W301-0151E
Pre-operational Inspection on the AML

WARNING
Operating the crane with a malfunctioning AML
could cause the crane to overturn or be
damaged. Be sure to perform the
pre-operational inspection on the AML system
and start the crane only after ensuring that the
system is operating properly.
[NOTICE]
Before starting operation, check that the AML
system works in good condition, as follows:
1. Press the inspection key and make sure that the

AML is in the following conditions:
Display panel (1 and 2)
Moment display
All segments light.
Working area limit
indicator lamp
Alarm buzzer Sounds continuously.
Movement toward critical sides
Automatically halted.
2. Press the set key, display alteration key, or

inspection key to return the display to the normal
condition (a bargraph must be shown on the
moment display).
3. Visually check that values and symbols shown on

the display panel 1 and 2 represent the actual
crane conditions, particularly on the following
items.
(1) Boom length
(2) Boom angle
(3) Jib angle (jib length)
(shown while jib lift is selected)
(4) Actual load
With no load on hook, make sure that an
approximate mass of the hook block is shown.
[NOTICE]
The actual load is not shown correctly if the lift
status of the AML is not registered correctly.
(5) Outrigger condition symbol

(6) Swing position display
(7) Front position symbol
(when the swing position is in the front position)
98 W301-0151E
Indicator
lamps
Working area
How to Use the Working Area Limiting limit keys
Swing limit
area
Function
[NOTICE]
If the working area limit is registered very close to

an obstacle, there is a risk of the crane colliding

with the obstacle, depending on the operational
status and the manner in which the load is handled.
When registering an area limit, allow a sufficient
clearance to avoid collision.
O / R

The working area limit function limits operation of

the boom and swing movement to the IW301-0151J66
pre-registered boom angle (upper limit, lower limit),

lifting height, load radius, and swing angle (left, Working Area Limit Value
right). Use this function when performing
operation in a place where there are obstacles While the working area limit function is activated,
around the machine, requiring the working-area as long as the set key is pressed, the working
limitation of the boom. area limit values registered in the indicator shown
below are displayed. Also the message "
" appears on the moment
Upper boom angle limit
display.
Lower boom angle limit
Automatic stop and
Lifting height limit
alarm buzzer
Load radius limit
(Beep for 3 seconds) Upper
Left swing limit
boom angle

limit value
Right swing limit
Lower

Lifting
boom angle

limit value
height m t
limit value
max t

Load radius
[NOTICE] limit value

m
When the automatic swing stop cancel switch is set

to "," the swing does not stop automatically,

even if the swing limit area is reached. Only the
alarm buzzer sounds.

Even after the power supply is turned off (PTO O / R


when the power supply is turned on again, the
system is resumed with the stored operation Set key

IW301-0151J67
resume the operation, register the settings all over Boom Angle Limit
again.
Raise or lower the boom to a desired limit angle,
and press the upper or lower boom angle limit key.
The corresponding limit indicator lamp will flash,
indicating that the boom angle limit has been
registered in the memory.
When the boom is moved back to an angle within
the set limit, the boom angle limit indicator lamp
stops flashing and stays lit. Thereafter, the upper
99 W301-0151E
or lower boom angle limit indicator lamp flashes radius limit key again. The load radius limit
and the alarm buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 indicator lamp will go out.
seconds whenever the upper or lower limit (*1)
: Not apply to TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, and
previously registered is reached. (Boom raising or
GR-350N-1 with jib and without power tilt.
lowering stops automatically.)
To cancel the boom angle limits, press the upper Swing Limit
or lower boom angle limit key again. The
corresponding boom angle limit indicator lamp will Swing to a desired limit swing position, and press
go out. the left swing limit key or right swing limit key. The
corresponding swing limit indicator lamp will flash
Lifting Height Limit and the buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 seconds,
indicating that the swing limit has been registered
Move the boom or jib (*1) to a desired limit height,
in the memory.
and press the lifting height limit key. The lifting
When the boom is moved back to a swing position
height limit indicator lamp will flash, indicating that
within the set limit, the swing limit indicator lamp
the lifting height limit has been registered in the
stops flashing and stays lit. Thereafter, the swing
memory.
limit indicator lamp flashes and the alarm buzzer
When the boom or jib is moved back to a height
(beep) sounds for 3 seconds whenever the swing
within the set limit, the lifting height limit indicator
angle previously registered is reached. (Swing
lamp stops flashing and stays lit. Thereafter, the
stops automatically.)
height limit indicator lamp flashes and the alarm
To cancel the swing limit, press the left swing limit
buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 seconds whenever the
key or right swing limit key again. The
height limit previously registered is reached.
corresponding swing limit indicator lamp will go
(Boom or jib raising and boom extending stop
out.
automatically.)
To cancel the height limit, press the lifting height [NOTICE]
limit key again. The lifting height limit indicator Ensure to register both the right swing and left
lamp will go out. swing limit positions. If either right or left limit
position only is set, the alarm does not sound
(*1)
: Not apply to TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, and correctly.
GR-350N-1 with jib and without power tilt. When the automatic swing stop cancel switch is set
Load Radius Limit even if the swing limit area is reached. Be extremely
careful of the operation, because the machine does
Move the boom or jib (*1) to a desired limit load not stop automatically but only the swing limit
radius, and press the load radius limit key. The indicator lamp flashes, the message appears, and
the AML buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 seconds.
load radius limit indicator lamp will flash, indicating
that the load radius limit has been registered in
the memory.
When the boom or jib is moved back to a load
radius within the set limit, the load radius limit
indicator lamp stops flashing and stays lit.
Thereafter, the load radius limit indicator lamp
flashes and the alarm buzzer (beep) sounds for 3
seconds whenever the load radius previously
registered is reached. (Boom or jib lowering and
boom extending stop automatically.)
To cancel the load radius limit, press the load
100 W301-0151E
How to Use the Boom Elevating Speed During boom raising operation:
Adjusting Function Only raising speed can be changed
During boom lowering operation:
The boom elevating speed adjusting function is a Only lowering speed can be changed
function to adjust the maximum speed when the No boom elevating operation:
boom is extended. Both the raising and lowering speeds can be
changed at the same time.
How to Register Boom Elevating Speed Adjustment
[NOTICE]
If the increase key or decrease key is not pressed
for approx. 10 seconds, the bargraph display

returns to the normal condition (a bargraph must be
shown on the moment display), and the registration
of boom elevating adjustment has been completed.
Increase key

condition. When the power supply is turned on
Decrease key

again, all the segments of the bargraph display light,

and the boom elevating adjustment values are
O / R
shown only for 2 to 3 seconds. After that, the
display returns to the normal condition (a bargraph
must be shown on the moment display).
IW301-0151J68
Operating Speed on Registration of Boom Elevating
Speed Adjustment
Use the increase or decrease key to register the
boom elevating speed adjustment. Pressing the The percentage value shown by the boom
increase or decrease key changes the bargraph elevating speed adjusting function is a speed limit
display to the following elevating speed value when the boom is fully extended. On the
adjustment values. contrary, when the boom is fully retracted, it
always elevates at the standard speed.
The relation between the adjustment value and
100 100 boom elevating speed is as follows:
Boom lowering max. speed

1. When adjustment value is 0%
Boom raising max. speed
Fully retracted Standard speed
IW301-0151J69 In between fully retracted and fully extended (1/2)
1/2 of standard speed
While the elevating speed adjustment values are Fully extended Stop (almost no movement)
shown on the bargraph display, pressing the
increase or decrease key again enables to set
each boom elevating speed adjustment value to
In between fully retracted and fully extended (1/2)
0% (stop) to 100% (standard speed) in 10%
increments.
Fully extended 1/2 of standard speed
In addition, pressing the increase or decrease key
during a boom elevating operation enables to
adjust the boom raising and boom lowering
speeds separately.
101 W301-0151E

Standard speed
Fully extended Standard speed
Boom elevating max. speed

Standard
100
3/4
1/2 50
1/4
0
Stop

Fully
Mid.

Fully Boom length
retracted extended
IW301-0151J70
IW301-0151J70
102 W301-0151E
Functions of and How to Use User Mode (GR-160N-1)
Functions of and How to Use User

2. Maintenance Mode:
Mode (GR-160N-1)
to the "ADJUSTMENT AND MAINTENANCE"
Mode Structure section.
The AML device has three modes and the AML 3. Adjustment Mode:
functions are allotted for these models. Used to make detector adjustment. Refer to the
ON
POWER ON
Protect
USER MODE

MAINTENANCE MODE
switch

ON
ON
Protect
switch

OFF
OFF
ADJUSTMENT MODE
ON
POWER ON
IW301-0153J03
1. User Mode:

the AML.
turns on.

is faulty).
PROTECT
MOMENT
SHORT
ZERO
HALT
WDT
OFF
ON
Protect LED
Abnormality
switch
display LED
Top view
IW301-0151J35
103 W301-0151E
Configuration and Functions of the AML

System When any working area limit is registered to the
including the following five typical functions.
AML and the signals from various sensors, these
functions control the crane operations.
When the crane boom elevation is stopped as
shown in 1 and 2 above, at the boom elevation
stroke end, the operation speed goes down
When the working moment exceeds the rated
gradually and then the operation stops slowly.
operation toward the critical side stops.
The availability of the above described automatic stop function, working area limit functions, and slow stop
function is as shown in the table below depending on the individual operation. Be careful that turning the AML
emergency switch to "," and the PTO switch to "ON (II)" will change the center warning lamp to "AML
warning" state and deactivate all the above AML stop functions (the troubleshooting function of the system).
On-outrigger operation On-rubber operation
Boom extension
Swing
Stop at the stroke end
Boom raising/lowering
Stop by working area Boom raising/lowering

limit Swing
Boom extension
: Slow stop : Stop : No stop
When the automatic swing stop cancel switch is set to "," the swing does not stop automatically.
When the boom elevation slow stop cancel switch is set to "," the slow stop function of the boom
raising/lowering is deactivated.
Automatic
slow stop

canceled canceled
Automatic
slow stop
Swing stop
IW301-0151J50 Elevation
slow stop IW301-0151J51
104 W301-0151E
4. Alarm Functions
Condition Alarm
90% or more,
and less than
100%

operation message.
control
required
activated
error message.


105 W301-0151E
Boom length detection

Boom angle detection
Moment load factor
Front position detection
Crane operation

detection detection

Swing angle detection Registration
of the outrigger
condition

Outrigger extension
Operator input
width detection
Registration of the boom

and jib lift

Registration of the

working area limits
AML
AML unit
Display panel
Alarm buzzer
AML
lamps (option)

An automatic stop is output when:

Moment load factor

100% The

is 100% or more. working
area
limit

Overwinding occurs. signal is
output.
O / R

Boom
Boom
Hoisting up
Swing toward

Left swing Upper

Lifting
Load
extension lowering halted critical side boom angle
restricted
height radius
halted (except
halted halted for outrigger fully Right swing restricted restricted restricted
(
Lower
extended) restricted
)
boom angle
restricted
u
H
L
R
IW301-0153J07
106 W301-0151E

A. Bargraph display
AML (Main Unit)
3
1

Message

2
4 IW301-0151J54
1. Load factor mark



O / R

2. Moment display
IW301-0151J53 hydraulic pressure and accumulator pressure
A. Bargraph display when the display alteration key is pressed.
B. Display panel 1 Displays the boom elevating speed adjustment
value when the increase key or decrease key is
C. Controls section
pressed. Also displays error messages when
D. Display panel 2 detects an error in a detector or others.
3. Scroll-up key ()
107 W301-0151E
B. Display panel 1
22 1 2 3
21 Displays the boom swing angle while the display
20 m alteration key is pressed. When the load radius
deg 17
limit function is activated, the registered load
19
18 15 14 13 radius limit value is displayed while the set key is
m ton 4 pressed.
12
%
16 10. Boom angle display
deg
max ton 5
m 6
10 11 9 8 7 limit value is displayed while the set key is
IW301-0141J55 pressed.
display [19] is showing the boom length.
13. Single top lift symbol
This symbol indicates that the single top
[22] is showing the jib length.
3. Jib angle symbol
14. Boom lift symbol
This symbol indicates that the boom lift is
[22] is showing the jib offset angle.
selected.
4. Jib lift symbol
15, 16. Lower boom angle limit symbols
selected.
5. Actual load display limit value.
Displays the actual load.
17, 18. Upper boom angle limit symbols
6. Rated lifting capacity display This symbol indicates that the jib angle display
Displays the rated lifting capacity. [22] is showing the registered upper boom angle
limit value.
This symbol indicates that the load radius display 19. Boom length display
[9] is showing the registered load radius limit Normally displays the boom length. Displays the
value. The load radius symbol [8] is also lit at the lifting height while the display alteration key is
same time when this symbol is lit. pressed. When the lifting height limit function is
[9] is showing the load radius. 20. Lifting height symbol
108 W301-0151E
6. Set key
limiting function.
C. Controls section
limiting function.
19
17 18 12
11. Lifting height limit key
13
Used to activate and release the lifting height
11
16
limiting function.
14
10
12. Upper boom angle limit key
7
1 2 3 4 5 15 9 13. Lower boom angle limit key

O / R


Light when the corresponding limiting function is
1. Increase key activated. If the crane operation reaches the limit
Used to increase the selected value. Also, used to area while the working area limit function is
adjust the elevating speed. activated, the indicator lamp changes from "being
lit" to "flashing."
2. Decrease key
3. Inspection key
the AML system.


status.
109 W301-0151E
D. Display panel 2
4 1 4
3 3
3 3
4 5 4
IW301-0151J57
the front position.

flashing.

completed.

5. Spring (suspension) lock condition symbol

Indicates the spring (suspension) lock condition.
When the "on-rubber" condition is selected, the
symbol lights.
110 W301-0151E
Registering Operating Conditions

1. Outrigger fully extended
WARNING indicates the outrigger extension width entered in
Should the operational status be incorrectly the AML by flashing the outrigger condition symbol.
registered, the crane may overturn or be Check whether it matches the actual outrigger
damaged, leading to a serious accident. Prior to
every operation, check that the registered status extension status, and if it is OK, press the set key
corresponds to the actual status of the crane. to register.
The outrigger condition symbol changes to "being
lit" to indicate that the condition has been
successfully registered.
[NOTICE]
resume the operation, register the settings all over IW301-0151J59
again.
To register the outrigger condition, press the The outrigger condition symbol by the outrigger
outrigger condition selector key to enable the extension width is as follows:
X-type outrigger
X H-type outrigger
H
Fully
extended
5.2m (5.2 m)5.2m
Fully extended (5.2 m)
Mid.
extended
4.8m (4.8 m)Mid. extended
4.8m (4.8 m)
Mid.
extended
4.4m (4.4 m)
Mid.
extended
3.2m (3.2 m)
Outrigger Min. extended (2.7 m)1.79m

Min. extended (1.79 m)
2.7m
condition
symbol IW301-0153J08
2. On-rubber stationary status

Set key makes the outrigger condition symbol flash. From
this status, press the outrigger condition selector
key again. Ensure that the outrigger condition
symbol disappears and the on-rubber condition
On-rubber symbol lights.
Outrigger
condition
condition Now, the condition is automatically registered.
symbol
selector key
111 W301-0151E
[NOTICE]
When the power supply is turned on, the single top
lift is automatically selected.

Lights. Even after the power supply is turned off (PTO
IW301-0142J02
3. On-rubber creep 2 hours. If 2 hours or more have passed before the
Press the outrigger condition selector key to make
the on-rubber condition symbol flash. Now, the again.
condition is automatically registered.
Flashes

Jib lift symbol

Lights.

Single top lift symbol

Boom lift symbol

Flashes

IW301-0151J62

O / R


IW301-0151J64

selector key. Each time the lift status selector key
is pressed, the display changes in numerical
sequence in the following table. The display
returns to (1) if you press the key when the last
status is shown on the display. Select the status
that corresponds to the actual lift status. The
status is automatically registered.
112 W301-0151E
The following table shows the display pattern.
Display Boom status
Single top lift
Flashes.
Jib set
Jib lift, 5 offset operation
Boom lift
113 W301-0151E
WARNING
[NOTICE]

Moment display
All segments light.
Working area limit
indicator lamp

moment display).

items.
(1) Boom length
(2) Boom angle
(3) Jib angle (jib length)
(4) Actual load
[NOTICE]

(7) Front position symbol
114 W301-0151E

Indicator lamps
How to Use the Working Area Limiting Working area

Swing limit limit keys
Function
area
[NOTICE]


O / R


the boom and swing movement to the IW301-0151J66
pre-registered boom angle (upper limit, lower limit), Working Area Limit Value
lifting height, load radius, and swing angle (left,
While the working area limit function is activated,
as long as the set key is pressed, the working
operation in a place where there are obstacles
area limit values registered in the indicator shown
around the machine, requiring the working-area
below are displayed. Also the message "
limitation of the boom.
" appears on the moment
display.
Automatic stop and
Lifting height limit
alarm buzzer Upper
Load radius limit
boom angle
(Beep for 3 seconds)
limit value
Left swing limit deg
Lower
boom

Lifting angle limit
Right swing limit
value
height limit m ton
value deg
max ton Load radius

limit value

m
[NOTICE]


even if the swing limit area is reached. Only the O / R


when the power supply is turned on again, the Set key

system is resumed with the stored operation IW301-0141J67
2 hours. If 2 hours or more have passed before the Boom Angle Limit
resume the operation, register the settings all over Raise or lower the boom to a desired limit angle,
again. and press the upper or lower boom angle limit key.
The corresponding limit indicator lamp will flash,
indicating that the boom angle limit has been
registered in the memory.
When the boom is moved back to an angle within
or lower boom angle limit indicator lamp flashes
115 W301-0151E
and the alarm buzzer (beep) sounds for 3

Swing Limit
seconds whenever the upper or lower limit
previously registered is reached. (Boom raising or Swing to a desired limit swing position, and press
the left swing limit key or right swing limit key. The
To cancel the boom angle limits, press the upper
and the buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 seconds,
corresponding boom angle limit indicator lamp will
go out.
in the memory.
Lifting Height Limit When the boom is moved back to a swing position
Move the boom to a desired limit height, and stops flashing and stays lit. Thereafter, the swing
press the lifting height limit key. The lifting height limit indicator lamp flashes and the alarm buzzer
limit indicator lamp will flash, indicating that the (beep) sounds for 3 seconds whenever the swing
lifting height limit has been registered in the angle previously registered is reached. (Swing
memory. stops automatically.)
When the boom or jib is moved back to a height To cancel the swing limit, press the left swing limit
within the set limit, the lifting height limit indicator key or right swing limit key again. The
lamp stops flashing and stays lit. Thereafter, the corresponding swing limit indicator lamp will go
height limit indicator lamp flashes and the alarm out.
buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 seconds whenever the
height limit previously registered is reached.
(Boom or jib raising and boom extending stop [NOTICE]
automatically.) Ensure to register both the right swing and left
To cancel the height limit, press the lifting height swing limit positions. If either right or left limit
limit key again. The lifting height limit indicator position only is set, the alarm does not sound
correctly.
lamp will go out.
Load Radius Limit to "," the swing does not stop automatically,
even if the swing limit area is reached. Be extremely
Move the boom to a desired limit load radius, and careful of the operation, because the machine does
not stop automatically but only the swing limit
press the load radius limit key. The load radius indicator lamp flashes, the message appears, and
limit indicator lamp will flash, indicating that the the AML buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 seconds.
load radius limit has been registered in the
memory.
flashes and the alarm buzzer (beep) sounds for 3
seconds whenever the load radius previously
registered is reached. (Boom or jib raising and
boom extending stop automatically.)
To cancel the load radius limit, press the load
radius limit key again. The load radius limit
indicator lamp will go out.
116 W301-0151E
[NOTICE]
Increase key condition. When the power supply is turned on


Decrease
key and the boom elevating adjustment values are

shown only for 2 to 3 seconds. After that, the
display returns to the normal condition (a bargraph

O / R

must be shown on the moment display).
IW301-0151J68
Speed Adjustment
The percentage value shown by the boom
boom elevating speed adjustment. Pressing the
elevating speed adjusting function is a speed limit
increase or decrease key changes the bargraph
value when the boom is fully extended. On the
display to the following elevating speed
contrary, when the boom is fully retracted, it
adjustment values.
100 100
boom elevating speed is as follows:


IW301-0151J69
While the elevating speed adjustment values are
Fully extended Stop (almost no movement)
increase or decrease key again enables to set 2. When adjustment value is 50%
each boom elevating speed adjustment value to Fully retracted Standard speed
0% (stop) to 100% (standard speed) in 10% In between fully retracted and fully extended (1/2)
increments. 3/4 of standard speed
In addition, pressing the increase or decrease key Fully extended 1/2 of standard speed
speeds separately.
117 W301-0151E

Standard speed

Standard
100
3/4
1/2 50
1/4
0
Stop

Fully
Mid.

Fully Boom length
retracted extended
IW301-0151J70
IW301-0151J70
118 W301-0151E
Functions of and How to Use User Mode (GR-120F-1)

Mode (GR-120F-1)
ON
POWER ON
Protect

USER MODE
MAINTENANCE MODE

switch
ON
ON
Protect

switch
OFF
OFF
ADJUSTMENT MODE
ON
POWER ON
IW301-0153J03
1. User Mode:

the AML.
turns on.

is faulty).
PROTECT
MOMENT
SHORT
ZERO
HALT
WDT
OFF
ON
ProtectLED
Abnormality
switch
display LED
Top
view IW301-0151J35
119 W301-0151E
Configuration and Functions of the AML The availability of the above described automatic
stop function, working area limit functions, and slow
System stop function is as shown in the table below
depending on the individual operation.
On-outrigger
including the following six typical functions.
operation
Automatic Hoisting up
AML and the signals from various sensors, these stop by Boom lowering
functions control the crane operations. overloading
Boom extension
1. Automatic stop function to prevent overloading Swing
The AML calculates and compares the working Jib lowering
and rated moment values and displays their ratio. Jib extension
When the working moment exceeds the rated Stop at the Boom raising
moment (100% or more), failure message is stroke end Boom lowering
shown, alarm buzzer sounds, and the crane Jib raising
operation toward the critical side stops. Jib lowering
Stop by Boom
working area raising/lowering
When any working area limit is registered to the limit Swing
Boom extension
Jib raising/lowering
: Slow stop : Stop

When the stroke end of the boom raising or jib
raising is reached, the operation speed goes
down gradually and then the operation stops
slowly.
120 W301-0151E
[NOTICE]
When the boom elevation slow stop cancel switch is 5. Alarm Functions
set to "," the slow stop function of the boom
raising/lowering is deactivated.
Condition Alarm
Elevation
slow stop Moment load Moment display: Applicable bargraph
canceled
90% or more,
and less than

Elevation slow stop 100%

Elevation slow stop IW301-0151J51 100% or more to 110%. When 110% is exceeded, all
4. Automatic swing stop status
Because the performance range of the crane Buzzer: Sounds continuously.
operation is different depending on the extended Crane Moment display: Displays the control
operation message.
width of the outriggers, the crane operation will
control
stop at the boundary area of the performance required
range if the overloading occurs during swing
operation.
activated
[NOTICE]
When the swing stop switch is set to "," the Buzzer: Beep (only for 3 seconds)(*1)
swing does not stop automatically. AML system Moment display: Displays an error
error message.
Automatic
swing stop
canceled Buzzer: Beep (only for 3 seconds)(*1)

Automatic
swing stop those are classified as follows:

Swing
stop IW301-0151J50
6. Elevating speed adjusting function

the jib is extended.
121 W301-0151E
Boom length detection Boom angle detection Moment load factor Swing angle detection Crane operation
detection detection
Outrigger extension Display panel

Outrigger status
width detection
registration
Operator input
Jib offset angle Main, auxiliary status
detection registration
Registration of the
Jib length detection
working area limits
AML unit
Display panel Alarm buzzer AML external

indicator lamps
(option)
An automatic stop is output when:
Moment load factor

is 100% or more. The working area
limit signal is output.
Jib extension stop Overwinding occurs.
Jib lowering
stop
Boom Boom Hoisting up Swing toward Left swing Upper boom Lifting Load
extension lowering halted critical side restricted angle height radius
halted halted halted Right restricted restricted restricted
swing Lower boom
restricted angle
restricted
122 W301-0151E

A. Bargraph display
AML (Main Unit)
3
1

Message

2
4 IW301-0151J54
1. Load factor mark




O / R
2. Moment display
IW301-0151J53
hydraulic pressure and accumulator pressure
C. Controls section
3. Scroll-up key ()
123 W301-0151E
B. Display panel 1
[9] is showing the load radius.

alteration key is pressed. When the load radius
radius limit value is displayed while the set key is
pressed.
10. Boom angle display

limit value is displayed while the set key is
1. Boom length symbol pressed.
2. Jib length symbol [10] is showing the boom angle.
13. Main hoisting condition symbol
Lights when the main hoisting operation is
3. Jib angle symbol selected.
Not used.
4. Auxiliary hoisting condition symbol
Lights when the auxiliary hoisting operation is
selected. Flashes when the jib set operation is
selected.
limit value.
5. Actual load display
6. Rated lifting capacity display [22] is showing the registered upper boom angle
Displays the rated lifting capacity. limit value.
7. Load radius limit symbol 19. Boom length display

This symbol indicates that the load radius display Normally displays the boom length. Displays the
[9] is showing the registered load radius limit lifting height while the display alteration key is
value. The load radius symbol [8] is also lit at the pressed. When the lifting height limit function is
same time when this symbol is lit. activated, the registered limit value is displayed
124 W301-0151E

20. Lifting height symbol
status.
6. Set key
limiting function.
C. Controls section
limiting function.
19
17 18 12 11.Lifting height limit key
16
14
7
1 2 3 4 5 15 9

13. Lower boom angle limit key
O / R


lit" to "flashing."
2. Decrease key
3. Inspection key
the AML system.

125 W301-0151E
D. Display panel 2
4 1 4
3 3
3 3
4 5 4
IW301-0151J57

the front position.

flashing.

completed.

5. Spring (suspension) lock condition symbol (Not

used in this machine)
Indicates the spring (suspension) lock condition
using the symbol. When the "on-rubber" condition
is selected, the symbol lights.
126 W301-0151E
Registering Operating Conditions Pressing the outrigger condition selector key

indicates the outrigger extension width entered in
the AML by flashing the outrigger condition symbol.
WARNING
Check whether it matches the actual outrigger
registered, the crane may overturn or be extension status, and if it is OK, press the set key
damaged, leading to a serious accident. Prior to to register.
every operation, check that the registered status The outrigger condition symbol changes to "being
[NOTICE]
2 hours. If 2 hours or more have passed before the IW301-0151J59
again. The outrigger condition symbol by the outrigger
extension width is as follows:
To register the outrigger condition, press the
outrigger condition selector key to enable the
H-type outrigger
Mid. extended (4.3 m)

Outrigger
condition
symbol
Set key
On-rubber Outrigger condition

condition selector key
symbol
127 W301-0151E

[NOTICE] selector key. Each time the lift status selector key
When the power supply is turned on, the auxiliary is pressed, the display changes in numerical
hoisting operation is selected if the jib is extended, sequence in the table shown below. The display
and the jib set operation is selected if other returns to (1) if you press the key when the last
operations are selected.
status is shown on the display. Select the status
that corresponds to the actual lift status.
again.
Auxiliary hoisting
condition symbol
Main hoisting
condition symbol
The following table shows the display pattern.
Display Boom status
Jib set operation

Flashes.
Main hoisting operation
Auxiliary hoisting operation
128 W301-0151E
Pre-operational Inspection on the AML (8) Front position symbol

WARNING
[NOTICE]

Moment display
All segments light.
Working area limit
indicator lamp

moment display).

items.
(1) Boom length
(2) Boom angle
(3) Jib offset angle
(4) Jib length
(5) Actual load
[NOTICE]
The displayed mass varies depending on the
working posture.

129 W301-0151E
How to Use the Working Area Limiting Indicator

lamps
Working area
Function Swing limit
limit keys
area

[NOTICE]




When the crane is stopped automatically by the
O / R
working area limit, the slow stop function does not
work. Some shocks may be experienced at the time

of crane stopping. IW301-0151J66
Working Area Limit Value

the boom and swing movement to the While the working area limit function is activated,
pre-registered boom angle (upper limit, lower limit), as long as the set key is pressed, the working
lifting height, load radius, and swing angle (left, area limit values registered in the indicator shown
right). Use this function when performing below are displayed. Also the message "
operation in a place where there are obstacles " appears on the moment
around the machine, requiring the working-area display.
[NOTICE]
When the crane reaches the position close to the

Lower boom angle limit registered working area value, the message "
Automatic stop and
Lifting height limit " appears on the moment display.
alarm buzzer
Load radius limit
Left swing limit
Right swing limit
Upper

boom angle

limit value Lower
[NOTICE] deg boom angle

Lifting height
limit value

limit value m ton
to "," the swing does not stop automatically, deg

max ton
Load radius
even if the swing limit area is reached. Only the m

limit value


system is resumed with the stored operation O / R


next power on, the registered data is erased. To Set key

IW301-0141J67
again.
130 W301-0151E

Boom Angle Limit
Raise or lower the boom to a desired limit angle, flashes and the alarm buzzer (beep) sounds for 3
and press the upper or lower boom angle limit key. seconds whenever the load radius previously
The corresponding limit indicator lamp will flash, registered is reached. (Boom or jib lowering and
indicating that the boom angle limit has been boom or jib extending stop automatically.)
registered in the memory. To cancel the load radius limit, press the load
When the boom is moved back to an angle within radius limit key again. The load radius limit
the set limit, the boom angle limit indicator lamp indicator lamp will go out.
stops flashing and stays lit. Thereafter, the upper Swing Limit
and the alarm buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 WARNING
seconds whenever the upper or lower limit When setting the swing area, do not set the
previously registered is reached. (Boom raising or automatic swing stop cancel switch to "."
lowering stops automatically.) It is dangerous to cancel the swing stop
function because an automatic stop is not
made even if the crane reaches the swing limit
or lower boom angle limit key again. The position.
Ensure to register both the right swing and
go out. left swing limit positions. If either right or left
limit position only is set, the swing does not
Lifting Height Limit stop automatically if the operation is
performed in the opposite direction.
Move the boom or jib to a desired limit height, and Example: With the swing limit set only on the left
press the lifting height limit key. The lifting height side, the crane does not stop
limit indicator lamp will flash, indicating that the automatically when it reaches the set
position in swinging from the right
height limit has been registered in the memory. side.
When the boom or jib is moved back to a height
within the set limit, the lifting height limit indicator Swing to a desired limit swing position, and press
lamp stops flashing and stays lit. Thereafter, the the left swing limit key or right swing limit key. The
lifting height limit indicator lamp flashes and the corresponding swing limit indicator lamp will flash
alarm buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 seconds and the buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 seconds,
whenever the height limit previously registered is indicating that the swing limit has been registered
reached. (Boom or jib raising and boom or jib in the memory. When the boom is moved back to
extending stop automatically.) a swing position within the set limit, the swing limit
To cancel the height limit, press the lifting height indicator lamp stops flashing and stays lit.
limit key again. The lifting height limit indicator Thereafter, the swing limit indicator lamp flashes
lamp will go out. and the alarm buzzer (beep) sounds for 3
seconds whenever the swing angle previously
Load Radius Limit
registered is reached. (Swing stops automatically.)
Move the boom or jib to a desired limit load radius, To cancel the swing limit, press the left swing limit
and press the load radius limit key. The load key or right swing limit key again. The
radius limit indicator lamp will flash, indicating that corresponding swing limit indicator lamp will go
the load radius limit has been registered in the out.
memory.
131 W301-0151E
How to Use the Jib Tilt Speed Adjusting

During jib raising operation:
Function Only raising speed can be changed
During jib lowering operation:
The jib tilt speed adjusting function is a function to
Only lowering speed can be changed
adjust the maximum jib tilt speed when the jib is
No jib tilt operation:
extended.
Both the raising and lowering speeds can be
How to Register Jib Tilt Speed Adjustment changed at the same time.
[NOTICE]

of jib tilt speed adjustment has been completed.
Decrease
key when the power supply is turned on again, the
Increase
key
condition. When the power supply is turned on

O / R


and the jib tilt speed adjustment values are shown
only for 2 to 3 seconds. After that, the display
IW301-0151J68 shown on the moment display).

jib tilt speed adjustment. Pressing the increase or Operating Speed on Registration of Jib Tilt Speed
decrease key changes the bargraph display to the
Adjustment
following jib tilt speed adjustment values.
The percentage value shown by the jib tilt speed
adjusting function is a speed limit value when the
jib is fully extended. On the contrary, when the jib
is fully retracted, it always operates at the
Jib lowering max. speed
standard speed.
Jib raising max. speed The relation between the adjustment value and jib
tilt speed is as follows:

While the jib tilt speed adjustment values are
each jib tilt speed adjustment value to 0% (stop)
Fully extended Stop (almost no movement)
to 100% (standard speed) in 10% increments.
In addition, pressing the increase or decrease key 2. When adjustment value is 50%
during jib tilt operation enables to adjust the jib Fully retracted Standard speed
raising and jib lowering speeds separately. In between fully retracted and fully extended (1/2)
132 W301-0151E

Standard speed
Jib tilt max. speed
Standard
Stop
Fully Mid. Fully Jib length
retracted extended
T28220J
133 W301-0151E
Functions of and How to Use User Mode (GA-700N-1)

Mode (GA-700N-1)
POWER
ONON
Protect
USER MODE

MAINTENANCE MODE

switch
ON
ON
Protect

switch

OFF
OFF
ADJUSTMENT MODE
ON
POWER ON
IW301-0153J03
1. User Mode:

the AML.
turns on.

is faulty).
PROTECT
MOMENT
SHORT
ZERO
HALT
WDT
OFF
ON
ProtectLED
Abnormality
switch display LED

Top
view
IW301-0151J35
134 W301-0151E
Configuration and Functions of the AML The availability of the above described automatic
stop function and working area limit functions is as
System shown in the table below depending on the individual
operation. However, if the AML emergency switch is
The AML system has various kinds of functions, held at the automatic stop cancel "ON" position, the
including the following five typical functions. AML emergency warning lamp lights while the AML
Based on the work conditions registered in the emergency switch is held, and all these stop
AML and the signals from various sensors, these functions of the AML are canceled (remedy for
system error). Note that only the function for stop by
functions control the crane operations. backward stability is not canceled, and still continues
working.
: Slow stop : Stop
When the working moment exceeds the rated
Boom extension
operation toward the critical side stops. Swing
If the backward stability is getting worse, failure Jib lowering
message is shown, alarm buzzer sounds, and the Jib extension
operation toward the critical side stops. Stop for Boom raising
backward stability
2. Working area limit functions Stop at the stroke Boom raising/lowering
When any working area limit is registered to the end Boom retraction
AML, the crane is controlled so that the crane Stop by working Boom raising/lowering
work posture does not exceed this registered area limit Swing
working area limit. When the crane reaches the Boom extension
registered limit, failure message is shown, alarm Jib raising/lowering
buzzer sounds, and the crane operation stops. Jib extension
When the crane boom elevation is stopped as When the automatic swing stop cancel switch is set
to "ON ()," the swing does not stop automatically.
shown below, the slow stop function works, and
When the boom elevation slow stop cancel switch is
the machine stops slowly.
set to "ON ()," the slow stop function of the boom
raising/lowering is deactivated. An exception is a
Boom lowering stop for the overloading automatic
case of stopping for backward stability, and the slow
stop function stop function is not deactivated.
Boom raising stop for the backward stability stop
function
Boom elevation stop for the elevating cylinder
reaching the stroke end
Boom retraction stop for the telescoping cylinder
reaching the stroke end
Boom elevation stop for the working area limit
stop function
135 W301-0151E
Automatic swing stop

cancel warning lamp
4. Alarm Functions

Elevation slow stop
cancel warning lamp
JIB TILT 50
Condition Alarm
AML

UNLOCK 85
ACCUM

90% or more
and less than
AML 100%
ON
OFF

Elevation automatic stop cancel switch


Boom elevation slow

stop cancel switch (Cancel: Warning lamp lights.)
(Cancel: Warning IW301-0151J71
lamp lights.)
operation message.
control
required
activated
error message.


136 W301-0151E
Boom length detection

Jib
length detection Moment
load factor Width of outrigger
Swing angle detection
Crane operation

Boom angle detection
Jib
angle detection detection extension
F/J detection detection
F/J status detection

L L
W

L
Counterweight
Registration of the
condition
detection outrigger condition
Operator input

Registration of the boom

and jib condition

Registration
of the
working area limits
AML
AML unit

Alarm buzzer AML external
AML
indicator
lamps
(option)
Display panel

An automatic stop
is output when:
Moment load factor

The
Stop
for
100%
is 100% or more.

working backward
O / R

area limit
stability
Boom raising

Overwinding occurs.
signal is signal is halted
output. output.
Boom retraction

halted
Jib
extension halted
Jib tilting down halted
Boom
Boom

Hoisting up Swing toward
Left swing
Upper
Lifting
Load

extension
lowering
halted
critical side
restricted
boom angle
height radius
halted halted halted Right swing restricted restricted restricted

restricted Lower

boom angle
restricted
u
H
L
R
IW301-0151J72
137 W301-0151E

A. Bargraph display
AML (Main Unit)
3
1

Message

2
4 IW301-0151J54
1. Load factor mark




O / R

2. Moment display
IW301-0151J53 hydraulic pressure and accumulator pressure
C. Controls section
3. Scroll-up key ()
138 W301-0151E
B. Display panel 1
23 1 2 3 Normally displays the cranes load radius.
22 alteration key is pressed. When the load radius
21 m 17
radius limit value is displayed while the set key is
20
18 15 14 13 pressed.
m t 4
12

10. Boom angle display
19 16

max t
5 Normally displays the boom angle. Displays the
6 alteration key is pressed. When the lower limit
m
10 11 9 8 7 limit value is displayed while the set key is
IW301-0151J73
pressed.
13. Single top lift symbol
This symbol indicates that the single top
3. Jib angle symbol
This symbol indicates that the boom lift is
selected.
4. Jib lift symbol
selected.
5. Actual load display limit value.
6. Rated lifting capacity display This symbol indicates that the jib angle display
Displays the rated lifting capacity. [23] is showing the registered upper boom angle
limit value.
This symbol indicates that the load radius display 19. Counterweight condition symbol
[9] is showing the registered load radius limit Indicates that the performance of the
value. The load radius symbol [8] is also lit at the counterweight operation is selected, and displays
same time when this symbol is lit. the status for the operation.
8. Load radius symbol 20. Boom length display

This symbol indicates that the load radius display Normally displays the boom length. Displays the
[9] is showing the load radius. lifting height while the display alteration key is
pressed. When the lifting height limit function is
139 W301-0151E
21. Lifting height symbol

Used to select the outrigger extension status.
6. Set key
displayed while the display alteration key is 9. Right swing limit key
pressed. Also, when the upper boom angle limit Used to activate and release the right swing
function is activated, the upper boom angle limit limiting function.
C. Controls section
limiting function.
19
17 18 12 11. Lifting height limit key
11
14
7
1 2 3 4 5 15 9
13. Lower boom angle limit key
6
O / R Used to activate and release the lowermost boom

IW301-0151J56
14 to 19. Limit indicator lamps
lit" to "flashing."
2. Decrease key
3. Inspection key
the AML system.

140 W301-0151E
D. Display panel 2
4 6 1 4
3 3
3 3
4 7 5 4
IW301-0151J74

Not used in this machine.

flashing.

completed.

Lights when the power is turned on or outrigger is
retracted.
5. Suspension lock condition symbol

6. Front jack condition symbol

Automatically lights when the front jack is used.
7. Rear jack condition symbol

141 W301-0151E
Registering Operating Conditions
WARNING
registered, the crane may overturn or be

damaged, leading to a serious accident. Prior to

every operation, check that the registered status
Front jack

condition symbol
Outrigger
condition
Registration of Outrigger Condition symbol

[NOTICE]
When the power supply is turned on, the on-rubber
condition symbol is lit. Press the outrigger condition

selector key and set key to register the actual O / R

outrigger condition. Also, when the outrigger is
retracted, the on-rubber condition symbol lights.

Register the outrigger condition again.
Even after the power supply is turned off, the
Set key
registered data is stored, and when the power
Outrigger condition
supply is turned on again, the system is resumed selector
key
IW301-0151J75
with the registered operation condition. However,
the maximum storage period is 2 hours. If 2 hours
or more have passed before the next power on, the
Pressing the outrigger condition selector key after
registered data is erased. To resume the operation,
register the settings all over again. the setting of the outriggers indicates the outrigger
extension width entered in the AML by flashing the
To register the outrigger condition, press the outrigger condition symbol.
outrigger condition selector key to enable the Check whether it matches the actual outrigger
outrigger condition selector function, and follow extension status, and if it is OK, press the set key
the procedure below. to register.
The outrigger condition symbol changes to "being
[NOTICE]
Front jack condition and counterweight condition
are registered by the automatic detection function
together with the registration of the outrigger
condition. Check the status on the display.
-Example-
When the outrigger status is registered in the
following conditions after the setting of the
outriggers.
(1) Counterweight: 5.6 t
(2) Extension width of outrigger: Maximum
(3) Front jack: Mounted
142 W301-0151E
Power
ON The symbol display by the mass of the
counterweight is as follows:
Counterweight: 1.1 t t
1.1 Counterweight: 5.6 t t
5.6

Front jack: No display

On-rubber display IW301-0151J78

After registration of

outrigger condition 2
Two
symbols
light.

Front jack

display

Maximum

extension
display IW301-0151J76
The outrigger condition symbol by the outrigger

extension width is as follows:

7.8m

7.2m

5.3m

4.1m

2.23m
IW301-0151J77
143 W301-0151E

(1) Boom lift
(1)
[NOTICE]
When the power supply is turned on, the boom lift is
automatically selected.
registered data is stored, and when the power (2)
(2) Single top lift
supply is turned on again, the system is resumed
with the stored operation condition. However, the
maximum storage period is 2 hours. If 2 hours or
more have passed before the next power on, the
register the settings all over again.
(3)
(3) Jib set operation

selector key.
(4)
(4) Jib lift

Jib lift symbol

Single top lift symbol IW301-0151J79

Boom lift symbol

O / R


IW301-0151J64
Each time the lift status selector key is pressed,

the display changes in numerical sequence from
(1) to (4) as shown in the right table. The display
returns to (1) if you press the key when (4) is
shown on the display. Select the status that
corresponds to the actual lift status. The status is
automatically registered.
[NOTICE]
When performing the boom lift with the jib mounted,
register the boom lift.
Before lifting one piece of load with the boom and
jib, register the jib lift.
144 W301-0151E

WARNING
items.
damaged. Be sure to perform the (1) Boom length
pre-operational inspection on the AML system (2) Boom angle
and start the crane only after ensuring that the (3) Jib angle (jib length)
(4) Actual load
[NOTICE] With no load on hook, make sure that an
Before starting operation, check that the AML approximate mass of the hook block is shown.
system works in good condition, as follows: [NOTICE]
Bargraph display All (5) Outrigger condition symbol
Display panel (1 and 2) segments (6) Front jack condition symbol
light.
Working area limit indicator lamp (6) (7) Counterweight condition symbol
Alarm buzzer: Sounds continuously (8) Swing position display
Movement toward critical sides: Automatically
halted

Bargraph display

1
Display panel 1
2
m
Display panel 2
m t
Boo

max t
O/R

IW301-0151J80

moment display).
145 W301-0151E
How to Use the Working Area Limiting

Function Upper boom angle limit
Automatic stop and
WARNING Lifting height limit
alarm buzzer
When the automatic swing stop cancel switch Load radius limit
is set to "," the swing does not stop Left swing limit
automatically, even if the swing limit area is
Right swing limit
reached. Only the alarm buzzer sounds.
Therefore, great attention must be paid.
Upper boom angle limit Lifting height limit

[NOTICE]

an obstacle, there is a risk of the crane colliding u
status and the manner in which the load is handled. H

L
The working area limit function limits operation of Load radius limit
Swing
limit
the boom and swing movement to the

pre-registered boom angle (upper limit, lower limit),
lifting height, load radius, and swing angle (left,
operation in a place where there are obstacles
R
around the machine, requiring the working-area
IW301-0151J81
[NOTICE]
with the stored operation condition. However, the
maximum storage period is 2 hours. If 2 hours or
more have passed before the next power on, the
register the settings all over again.
146 W301-0151E
Working Area Limit Value Boom Angle Limit
While the working area limit function is activated, Raise or lower the boom to a desired limit angle,
as long as the set key is pressed, the working and press the upper or lower boom angle limit key.
area limit values registered in the indicator shown The corresponding limit indicator lamp will flash,
below are displayed. Also the message " indicating that the boom angle limit has been
" appears on the moment registered in the memory.
display. When the boom is moved back to an angle within
Upper
and the alarm buzzer (beep) sounds for 3

boom angle
limit value
Lower seconds whenever the upper or lower limit
boom angle

Lifting
limit value

previously registered is reached. (Boom raising or
height
limit value
m t

max t Load radius
limit value

m

go out.

O / R

Set key

IW301-0151J67


m t

indicator lamp

max t

indicator lamp
m


O/R
key


key

IW301-0151J82
147 W301-0151E
Lifting Height Limit Load Radius Limit
Move the boom or jib to a desired limit height, and Move the boom or jib to a desired limit load radius,
press the lifting height limit key. The lifting height and press the load radius limit key. The load
limit indicator lamp will flash, indicating that the radius limit indicator lamp will flash, indicating that
height limit has been registered in the memory. the load radius limit has been registered in the
When the boom or jib is moved back to a height memory.
within the set limit, the lifting height limit indicator When the boom or jib is moved back to a load
lamp stops flashing and stays lit. Thereafter, the radius within the set limit, the load radius limit
lifting height limit indicator lamp flashes and the indicator lamp stops flashing and stays lit.
alarm buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 seconds Thereafter, the load radius limit indicator lamp
whenever the height limit previously registered is flashes and the alarm buzzer (beep) sounds for 3
reached. (Boom or jib raising and extending stop seconds whenever the load radius previously
automatically.) registered is reached. (Boom or jib lowering and
To cancel the height limit, press the lifting height extending stop automatically.)
limit key again. The lifting height limit indicator To cancel the load radius limit, press the load
lamp will go out. radius limit key again. The load radius limit
indicator lamp will go out.
Lifting height limit indicator

lamp

m t

max t
m t
m Load radius limit indicator

max t lamp

m

O/R

Lifting height limit key
O/R

IW301-0151J83
Load radius
limit key

IW301-0151J84
148 W301-0151E
Swing Limit
Swing to a desired limit swing position, and press

the left swing limit key or right swing limit key. The
and the buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 seconds,
in the memory.
When the boom is moved back to a swing position
stops flashing and stays lit. Thereafter, the swing
limit indicator lamp flashes and the alarm buzzer
(beep) sounds for 3 seconds whenever the swing
angle previously registered is reached. (Swing
stops automatically.)
To cancel the swing limit, press the left swing limit
key or right swing limit key again. The
corresponding swing limit indicator lamp will go
out.
[NOTICE]
Ensure to register both the right swing and left
swing limit positions. If either right or left limit
position only is set, the alarm does not sound
correctly.
even if the swing limit area is reached. Be extremely
careful of the operation, because the machine does
not stop automatically but only the swing limit
indicator lamp flashes, the message appears, and
the AML buzzer (beep) sounds for 3 seconds.
m t
Left swing limit indicator lamp

Right swing limit indicator lamp
max t
O/R

Right swing limit indicator key

Left swing limit indicator key

IW301-0151J85
149 W301-0151E
[NOTICE]
with the stored operation condition. When the power
Decrease
key
supply is turned on again, all the segments of the
Increase
key bargraph display light, and the boom elevating

adjustment values are shown only for 2 to 3
O / R

seconds. After that, the display returns to the
normal condition (a bargraph must be shown on the
moment display).
IW301-0151J68
Speed Adjustment
boom elevating speed adjustment. Pressing the The percentage value shown by the boom
increase or decrease key changes the bargraph elevating speed adjusting function is a speed limit
display to the following elevating speed value when the boom is fully extended. On the
adjustment values. contrary, when the boom is fully retracted, it
boom elevating speed is as follows:
100 100
IW301-0151J69
While the elevating speed adjustment values are Fully extended Stop (almost no movement)
each boom elevating speed adjustment value to
0% (stop) to 100% (standard speed) in 10%
increments.
In addition, pressing the increase or decrease key
speeds separately.
150 W301-0151E

Standard speed

Standard
100
3/4
1/2 50
1/4
0
Stop

Fully
Mid.

Fully Boom length
retracted extended
IW301-0151J70
IW301-0151J70
151 W301-0151E
Outline of Adjustment Mode and Maintenance Mode
[ADJUSTMENT AND MAINTENANCE]
1. Keys and Switches for Adjustment and Maintenance

1. Scroll-up key
1. Moment display

2. Scroll-down key
2.
m t
% max t
PROTECT
MOMENT
m
SHORT
ZERO
HALT
WDT
OFF
ON
+ - 8. Moment input short-circuit switch
8.
9. Protect switch
9.
10.10.
Moment zero adjuster
7. Inspection
7.key 11. Abnormality
11.LED display LED
4. Increase
4. key 3. Set key
3. TopView IW301-0151J02
5.key
5. Decrease 6. 6.
IW301-0151J01
1. Scroll-up key 7. Inspection key

Used to see the previous lines of message Used for "Do Check" and "Ao Check" functions in
displayed on the moment display. the maintenance mode.
2. Scroll-down key 8. Moment input short-circuit switch

Used to see the next lines of message displayed Not used for this machine.
9. Protect switch
3. Set key Set this switch to OFF when changing the mode
Used to confirm the selected menu item and write from user mode to adjustment mode. With this
the adjustment value in EEPROM. switch OFF, data can be written in the EEPROM.
4. Increase key 10. Moment zero adjuster

Used to increase the adjustment value. Do not touch. This adjuster is for adjustment by
the AML manufacturer's service personnel.
5. Decrease key
Used to decrease the adjustment value. 11. Abnormality display LED
Lights when the AML is in abnormal conditions or
6. Display alteration key
when the AML adjustment is initialized (reset).
Used to change the display to the upper menu.
152 W301-0151E
2. Mode Structure and Menu

The AML device has three modes and the AML Used to make functional checks of the AML. This
functions are allotted for these models. mode has the following menus:
MAIN MENU SUB-MENU
ON
POWER ON []
]
DI
Protect USER MODE

MAINTENANCE MODE
AI
switch

ON
ON DO
MDT *1
Protect

switch

OFF
OFF
ADJUSTMENT MODE

ON

POWER ON
IW301-0153J03 OP
AO
SIO

1. User Mode: (*1)
: Not apply to the model (GA-700N-1) without MDT
(Multiplex Data Transmitter).
3. Adjustment Mode:
In normal use, turn ON the protect switch Used to make detector adjustment. This mode
mounted on the adjustment window on the top of has the following menus:
the AML. SUB-MENU
MAIN MENU
[]
turns on.

[]

*1
*1

[AO ] AO
PROTECT
MOMENT
SHORT
AO
ZERO
HALT
WDT
[ ]
OFF

ON
*2
ON
[ ]
Protect switch
[ ]

[]
Top View IW301-0151J03
[ ](*2)
[Language]
(*1)
: Not apply to TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1,
GR-160N-1, and GR-120F-1.
(*2)
: Do not use.
153 W301-0151E
3. Method of Shifting Modes

Scroll-up key Moment display

Scroll-down key

PROTECT
MOMENT
SHORT
ZERO
HALT
WDT
OFF
ON
m OFF
ON
m t Protect switch

% Top
View IW301-0151J03
max t
m ON
POWER ON
1
Protect

USER MODE
MAINTENANCE MODE

switch
2
ON
ON
3 5
4
+ - Protect

switch
OFF
OFF
ADJUSTMENT MODE
Set key

ON
POWER ON
IW301-0151J04 IW301-0153J05
1. "User mode" "Maintenance mode" 4. "Adjustment mode" "User mode"

Press the scroll-up key, scroll-down key, and set While the main menu of the adjustment mode is
key at the same time. displayed, turn ON the protect switch.
Then, the moment display changes from the Then, the moment display changes to the
bargraph to []. This display denotes the bargraph. This display denotes the "User mode."
"Maintenance mode."
5. " Maintenance mode " " Adjustment mode "
2. "Maintenance mode" "User mode" While the main menu of the maintenance mode is
Press the display alteration key. displayed, turn OFF the protect switch.
Then, the moment display changes to the Then, the moment display changes to [
bargraph. This display denotes the "User mode." ]. This display denotes the "Adjustment mode."
3. "User mode" "Adjustment mode"

Turn OFF the protect switch at the adjustment
window on the top of the AML.
Then, the moment display changes from the
bargraph to []. This display denotes
the "Adjustment mode."
154 W301-0151E
4. Method of Menu Selection

Scroll-up key Moment display

Scroll-down key

m t
% max t
+ -
Set key


IW301-0151J04
1. When the AML enters "Maintenance mode" or 4. The following marks displayed in the menu: "," ":,"
"Adjustment mode," first the main menu is and ""
displayed on the moment display. When a main menu is displayed, the mark ""
Displayed main menu item can be changed by stands before the menu name. (Ex. [
means of the scroll-up or scroll-down key. ])
Press the set key to select the displayed item. When a sub-menu is displayed, the mark ":"
stands before the menu name. (Ex. [
2. If the selected item in the main menu has any
])
sub-menus, the sub-menus are displayed on the
The "" mark after the menu name indicates that
moment display.
the depression of the scroll-down key calls for
You can select a desired item in the sub-menu in
another menu.
the same way as in the main menu by means of
the scroll-up, scroll-down, and set keys.
3. By pressing the display alteration key, the display

changes to the upper menu.
155 W301-0151E
Required Adjustment After AML System Parts Replacement
Required Adjustment After AML System Parts Replacement
[NOTICE]
EEPROM stores the adjustment values for each specification number. When replacing the CPU board,
remove the EEPROM from the broken CPU board and reuse it. Then, all adjustment works except the clock
adjustment can be omitted. Visually check that the values such as the boom length and boom angle, and the
symbols displayed on the display panels 1 and 2 on the AML correspond to the actual crane conditions.
Replaced part Required adjustment

Boom length detector Boom length adjustment
Boom angle detector Boom angle adjustment
Swing angle detector Swing angle adjustment
Outrigger extension width detector Outrigger extension width adjustment
(*1)
Jib angle detector Jib angle adjustment (*1)
Jib length detector (*2) Jib length adjustment (*2)
Pressure sensor for moment detection Moment adjustment
Display board None
CPU board only
(When reusing EEPROM removed Clock adjustment
from the broken CPU board)
CPU board Perform adjustment initialization and take every
CPU (When EEPROM is not to be step of the adjustment. For the adjustment
board reused) items and procedure, refer to "Adjustment
Procedures" on the subsequent page in the
EEPROM "Functions of and How to Use Adjustment
Mode" section.
ROM None
AML unit Boom length adjustment

Boom angle adjustment
Swing angle adjustment
Analog board
Jib angle adjustment (*1)
Jib length adjustment (*2)
Moment adjustment
Power board None
Swing output adjustment
Current output board (optional board) Boom elevating output adjustment
Telescoping/retraction output adjustment (*3)
Connector board None
Swing right proportional valve
Swing output adjustment
Solenoid Swing left proportional valve
proportional Boom raising proportional valve
valve for Boom elevating output adjustment
slow stop Boom lowering proportional valve
Telescoping/retraction proportional valve (*3) Telescoping/retraction output adjustment (*3)
(*1): Not apply to TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, and GR-350N-1 with jib and without power tilt.
Not apply to GR-160N-1, because it is with standard jib.
(*2): Not apply to GR-300N-1, TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1, and GR-160N-1.
(*3): Not apply to TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1, GR-160N-1, and GR-120F-1.
156 W301-0151E
Functions of and How to Use Adjustment Mode
Functions of and How to Use The adjustment items and procedures are as follows:
Adjustment Mode
1. Adjustment Initialization
[NOTICE]
For how to shift to the adjustment mode and how to 2. Boom Length Adjustment
select the adjustment menu, refer to "Method of 3. Boom Angle Adjustment
Shifting Modes" and "Method of Menu Selection" in
4. Swing Angle Adjustment
the "General: Adjustment Mode and Maintenance
Mode" section. Adjustment Procedures 5. Outrigger Extension Width Adjustment
6. Jib Angle Adjustment (*1)
7. Jib Length Adjustment (*2)
Adjustment Procedures
WARNING 8. Moment Adjustment
Before making an adjustment, extend the (including load radius adjustment)
outriggers fully and set the crane on firm ground
for safety.
9. Clock Adjustment
[NOTICE]
10. Swing Output Adjustment
You can adjust the boom length, boom angle, swing
angle, outrigger extension width, jib angle, and jib 11. Boom Elevating Output Adjustment
length in random order. 12. Telescoping/retraction Output Adjustment (*3)
You can adjust the swing output, elevation output,
and telescoping/retraction output in random order. Adjustment Completed
After whole adjustment is completed, erase-protect
the overload history, referring to "Erasing the
Overload History" in the "Functions of How to Use Erasing the Overload History
Adjustment Mode" section.
(*1)
: Not apply to TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, and
GR-350N-1 with jib and without power tilt.
Not apply to GR-160N-1, because it is with
standard jib.
(*2)
: Not apply to GR-300N-1, TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1,
GR-350N-1, and GR-160N-1.
(*3)
: Not apply to TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1,
GR-160N-1, and GR-120F-1.
157 W301-0151E
1. Adjustment Initialization
5. When [ ] appears,
[NOTICE] press the scroll-down key to display [
Adjustment initialization should be performed only ], and then press the set key to reset
when EEPROM is replaced. the zero span factor.
When the CPU board is replaced, if the EEPROM
removed from the faulty CPU board is to be reused, 6. When the message [
no adjustment initialization is required. ] appears, the zero span factor resetting is
completed. Press the display alteration key to
By the adjustment initialization, the conversion return to the main menu.
factors (specification for each specification
number) stored within the AML program that 1.2 Procedure of "Moment Adjustment
convert detected voltage input from the detectors Resetting"
into physical volumes are read out from the 1. Select the item [
P-ROM and written onto the EEPROM. ] in the main menu of the adjustment mode,
Perform the initialization only once before the first and press the set key to confirm.
adjustment takes place. If this initialization is done 2. When [ ]
while adjustments are being made, you must appears, reset the moment adjustment by
restart the adjustment from the very beginning. pressing the set key.
For the adjustment initialization, you have to 3. When the message [
execute the following two menu items. ] appears, the moment adjustment resetting is
[ ]: completed. Press the display alteration key to
Initializes the conversion factors that convert into return to the main menu.
physical volumes in the program for the boom
length, angle, and deflection.
[ ]:
Initializes the conversion factors that convert into
physical volumes in the program for the moment.
1.1 Procedure of "Conversion Factors

Resetting"
1. Select the item [ ] in the

main menu of the adjustment mode, and press the
set key to confirm.
reset the deflection factor by pressing the set key.
3. When the message [

] appears, the deflection factor resetting is
return to the main menu.
4. Select the item [ ] in the

main menu of the adjustment mode, and press the
set key again to confirm.
158 W301-0151E
2. Boom Length Adjustment 9. Press the scroll-up key until the boom length
zero-point adjustment display [ Lz] appears.
WARNING
10. Has the boom length zero-point adjustment
Before making an adjustment, extend the
outriggers fully and set the crane on firm ground display [ Lz] become the zero-point
for safety. adjustment value in "Adjustment Value Table" ?
NO YES
[NOTICE]
The conditions and values for boom length 11. Press the display alteration key to exit the menu
adjustment vary depending on the specification item.
number. Refer to "Adjustment Value Table" in the
INFORMATION AND DATA section. For your
information, "Adjustment Value Table" for models
other than GR-300N-1, TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1,
GR-350N-1, GR-160N-1, GR-120F-1, GA-700N-1 is
described on the service manual of the applicable
model.
When the length detector has been just installed
and its cord has not yet been unwound or wound,
go through the entire boom telescoping cycle to
have the cord naturally wound up onto the drum.
1. Select the item [] in the main menu

of the adjustment mode, and press the set key to
confirm.
2. When [ ] is displayed,
press the set key to select the menu item.
3. Retract the boom fully.
4. Press the increase or decrease key so that the

value of boom length zero-point adjustment
display [ Lz] becomes the zero-point
adjustment value in "Adjustment Value Table."
Press the set key for registration.
5. Extend the boom fully.
6. Press the scroll-down key until the boom length

span adjustment display [ Ls] appears.

value of boom length span adjustment display [
Ls] becomes the span adjustment value in
"Adjustment Value Table." Press the set key for
registration.
8. Retract the boom fully again.
159 W301-0151E
3. Boom Angle Adjustment boom angle span adjustment display [

s] appears.
WARNING
outriggers fully and set the crane on firm ground value of boom angle span adjustment display [
for safety. s] becomes the span adjustment value in
[NOTICE] registration.
The conditions and values for boom angle
adjustment vary depending on the specification 9. Bring the actual boom angle to the zero-point
number. Refer to "Adjustment Value Table" in the adjustment value in "Adjustment Value Table"
INFORMATION AND DATA section. For your again.
information, "Adjustment Value Table" for models
other than GR-300N-1, TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, 10. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the
GR-350N-1, GR-160N-1, GR-120F-1, GA-700N-1 is boom angle zero-point adjustment display [
described on the service manual of the applicable
model. z] appears.
When setting the boom angle to "Adjustment
11. Has the value of boom angle zero-point
condition," always perform the setting by lowering
adjustment display [ z] become the
the boom. Use a spirit level goniometer to measure
the actual boom angle. zero-point adjustment value in "Adjustment Value
Table" ?
of the adjustment mode, and press the set key to NO YES
confirm. 12. Press the display alteration key to exit the menu
2. When [ ] is displayed, item.
3. Set the actual boom angle to the condition of the

zero-point adjustment specified in "Adjustment
Value Table" by lowering the boom.
4. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the

boom angle zero-point adjustment display [
z] appears.

value of boom angle zero-point adjustment display
[ z] becomes the zero-point adjustment
value in "Adjustment Value Table." Press the set
key for registration.
6. Raise the boom to a point just before the upper

stroke end of the elevating cylinder, and then
adjust the actual boom angle to the condition of
the span adjustment specified in "Adjustment
160 W301-0151E
4. Swing Angle Adjustment 10. Press the increase or decrease key so that the
value of swing angle 1 span adjustment display
WARNING [ 1s] becomes 1800.3. Press the
Before making an adjustment, extend the set key for registration.
for safety. 11. With the swing position unchanged, press the
scroll-up or scroll-down key until the swing angle 2
[NOTICE] span adjustment display [ 2s]
Since the swing angles involve a hysteresis, always appears.
make adjustment after a stop from clockwise
movement. 12. Press the increase or decrease key so that the
value of swing angle 2 span adjustment display
1. Select the item [] in the main menu [ 2s] becomes 1800.3. Press the
of the adjustment mode, and press the set key to set key for registration.
confirm.
13. Set the boom again to the zero-point adjustment
2. When [ ] is displayed, reference position (on the front centerline) by
press the set key to select the menu item. swinging it clockwise.
14. Check the swing angle 1 and 2 zero-point

adjustment displays [ 1z] and [
3. Set the boom to the zero-point adjustment
2z] by pressing the scroll-up or scroll-down
reference position (on the front centerline) by
key. Does each display indicate the angle below?
swinging it clockwise.
1z: 00.6
4. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the 2z: 3600.6
swing angle 1 zero-point adjustment display [
1z] appears. NO YES
15. Press the display alteration key to exit the menu
item.
value of swing angle 1 zero-point adjustment
display [ 1z] becomes 00.3. Press
the set key for registration.
6. With the swing position unchanged, press the

scroll-up or scroll-down key until the swing angle 2
zero-point adjustment display [ 2z]
appears.

value of swing angle 2 zero-point adjustment
display [ 2z] becomes 3600.3.
Press the set key for registration.
8. Set the boom to the span-point adjustment

reference position (on the rear centerline) by
swinging it clockwise.

swing angle 1 span adjustment display [
1s] appears.
161 W301-0151E
5. Outrigger Extension Width Adjustment adjustment display [RFO/R Ls] becomes the span
[NOTICE] Press the set key for registration.
The conditions and values for outrigger extension
width adjustment vary depending on the 10. Adjust and register the values of the rear right,
specification number. Refer to "Adjustment Value front left and rear left outrigger extension width
Table" in the INFORMATION AND DATA section.
span adjustment in the same manner as the front
For your information, "Adjustment Value Table" for
models other than GR-300N-1, TR-250M-7, right outrigger extension width span adjustment.
GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1, GR-160N-1, GR-120F-1, Rear right outrigger : [RRO/R Ls]
GA-700N-1 is described on the service manual of Front left outrigger : [LFO/R Ls]
the applicable model.
Rear left outrigger : [LRO/R Ls]
1. Select the item [] in the main menu 11. Fully retract all the outrigger beams again.
confirm. 12. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the
front right outrigger extension width zero-point
2. When [ ] is displayed, adjustment display [RFO/R Lz] appears.
13. Has the front right outrigger extension width
zero-point adjustment display [RFO/R Lz] become
the zero-point adjustment value in "Adjustment
3. Fully retract all the outrigger beams.
Value Table" ?
4. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the Check the values of the rear right, front left and
front right outrigger extension width zero-point rear left outrigger extension width zero-point in the
adjustment display [RFO/R Lz] appears. same manner as the front right outrigger
extension width zero-point check.
Rear right outrigger : [RRO/R Lz]
value of front right outrigger extension width
Front left outrigger : [LFO/R Lz]
zero-point adjustment display [RFO/R Lz]
Rear left outrigger : [LRO/R Lz]
becomes the zero-point adjustment value in
NO YES
registration.
6. Adjust and register the values of the rear right, item.
front left and rear left outrigger extension width
zero-point adjustment in the same manner as the
front right outrigger extension width zero-point
adjustment.
Rear right outrigger : [RRO/R Lz]
Front left outrigger : [LFO/R Lz]
Rear left outrigger : [LRO/R Lz]
7. Fully extend all the outrigger beams.

front right outrigger extension width span
adjustment display [RFO/R Ls] appears.

value of front right outrigger extension width span
162 W301-0151E
6. Jib Angle Adjustment angle to the condition of the span adjustment

specified in "Adjustment Value Table" by tilting
WARNING down the jib.
8. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the jib
for safety. angle span adjustment display [B S]
appears.
[NOTICE]
The conditions and values for jib angle adjustment
vary depending on the specification number. Refer value of jib angle span adjustment display [B
to "Adjustment Value Table" in the INFORMATION S] becomes the span adjustment value in
AND DATA section. For your information, "Adjustment Value Table." Press the set key for
"Adjustment Value Table" for models other than registration.
GR-300N-1, TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1,
GR-120F-1, GA-700N-1 is described on the service 10. Set the jib offset angle to the minimum again.
manual of the applicable model.
(And only for GR-300N-1, set the boom angle to
1. Mount the jib. 35 or below.)
If the jib tilt cylinder cannot reach the stroke end
2. Select the item [] in the main menu (in case of GA-700N-1), raise the jib until the jib tilt
of the adjustment mode, and press the set key to cylinder reaches the stroke end, and then set the
confirm. actual jib offset angle to the condition of the
Value Table" by tilting down the jib.
angle zero-point adjustment display [B Z]
4. Set the jib offset angle to the minimum. appears.
(And only for GR-300N-1, set the boom angle to
12. Has the value of jib angle zero-point adjustment
35 or below.)
display [B Z] become the zero-point
adjustment value in "Adjustment Value Table" ?
(in case of GA-700N-1), raise the jib until the jib tilt
cylinder reaches the stroke end, and then set the
NO YES
actual jib offset angle to the condition of the
zero-point adjustment specified in "Adjustment 13. Press the display alteration key to exit the menu
Value Table" by tilting down the jib. item.

angle zero-point adjustment display [B Z]
appears.

value of jib angle zero-point adjustment display [B
Z] becomes the zero-point adjustment
7. Set the jib offset angle to the maximum.

(in case of GA-700N-1), set the actual jib offset
163 W301-0151E
7. Jib Length Adjustment 11. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the jib
length zero-point adjustment display [ LZ]
WARNING appears.
outriggers fully and set the crane on firm ground 12. Has the jib length zero-point adjustment display
for safety. [ LZ] become the zero-point adjustment
value in "Adjustment Value Table" ?
[NOTICE]
NO YES
The conditions and values for jib length adjustment
vary depending on the specification number. Refer 13. Press the display alteration key to exit the menu
to "Adjustment Value Table" in the INFORMATION
AND DATA section. For your information, item.
"Adjustment Value Table" for models other than
GR-120F-1 and GA-700N-1 is described on the
service manual of the applicable model.
1. Mount the jib.

confirm.
4. Fully retract the jib.

length zero-point adjustment display [ LZ]
appears.

value of jib length zero-point adjustment display
[ LZ] becomes the zero-point adjustment
7. Fully extend the jib.

length span adjustment display [ LS]
appears.

value of jib length span adjustment display [
LS] becomes the span adjustment value in
registration.
10. Fully retract the jib again.
164 W301-0151E
8. Moment Adjustment
WARNING
for safety.
[NOTICE]
Before starting moment adjustment, raise the
hydraulic oil temperature to approx. 50C by
alternately raising and lowering the boom.
The conditions and values for moment adjustment
vary depending on the specification number. Refer
to "Adjustment Value Table" in the INFORMATION
AND DATA section. For your information,
"Adjustment Value Table" for models other than
GR-300N-1, TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1,
GR-160N-1, GR-120F-1, GA-700N-1 is described
on the service manual of the applicable model.
If the moment zero-point value is not within the
tolerance at "8.6 Moment Zero-point Recheck,"
return to "8.3 Moment Zero-point Check and Fine
Adjustment," and follow the order shown by the
broken line to make a fine adjustment.
The procedure to adjust the moment is as follows:
8.1 Moment Zero-point Adjustment
8.2 Moment Span Preliminary Adjustment
8.3 Moment Zero-point Check and Fine Adjustment
8.4 Load Radius Adjustment
8.5 Moment Span Fine Adjustment
8.6 Moment Zero-point Recheck

YES NO
End of moment adjustment
165 W301-0151E
8.1 Moment Zero-point Adjustment

Moment zero-point adjustment display:
[NOTICE] Display
For the conditions and values for moment [X.XXXz***.*%]
zero-point adjustment, refer to the moment
zero-point adjustment value in "Adjustment Value Moment load factor (%)
Table."
Set the crane as follows: Shows zero-point adjustment state.
(1) Actual and registered statuses of outriggers: Fully Detection distortion voltage (mV)
extended
(2) Actual and registered statuses of boom: Main The actual load value less than 1 t is shown as
boom (Jib and single top stowed) follows:
(3) Boom length: Fully retracted 0.00 to 0.99 t "000" to "099"
(4) Boom angle: Raise boom to an angle just before -0.99 to -0.01 t "-99" to "-01"
the maximum boom angle, and then adjust the
value of boom angle display to the condition of the 4. After the adjustment, press the set key to register
the adjusted value.
(5) Hook block position: Hoisted down just clear of 5. Proceed to "8.2 Moment Span Preliminary
ground surface or vehicle structure (For
Adjustment."
GA-700N-1, GR-250N-1 (from #FB3729),
GR-350N-1, GR-160N-1, and GR-120F-1, set the
hook block position to the overwinding stop 8.2 Moment Span Preliminary Adjustment
position.)
[NOTICE]
(6) Number of part lines: Standard number of part
lines when the main boom is fully extended For the conditions and values for moment span
preliminary adjustment, refer to the moment span
(7) Hook block: Refer to "Adjustment Value Table." preliminary adjustment value in "Adjustment Value
(Auxiliary hook block stowed) Table."
(8) There may be other adjustment conditions in
addition to those described above depending on 1. Continued from "8.1 Moment Zero-point
the crane model. Refer to "Adjustment Value
Adjustment."
Table" for details.
2. Set the value shown on the boom angle display to
the condition of the span preliminary adjustment
specified in "Adjustment Value Table" by lowering
confirm.
the boom. (Hoist down the hook block to a
2. When [ ] is displayed, position just clear of ground surface.)
press the scroll-down key until the display [
] appears. Press the set key
moment span adjustment display appears.
to select the menu item.
Moment span adjustment display:
3. While the moment zero-point adjustment is Display
displayed, fine adjust the value shown on the [X.XXXs***.*%]
actual load display to the zero-point adjustment
Moment load factor (%)
value in "Adjustment Value Table," using the
increase or decrease key. Shows span adjustment state.
Detection distortion voltage (mV)
166 W301-0151E
8.3 Moment Zero-point Check and Fine

4. Fine adjust the value shown on the actual load Adjustment
display to the span preliminary adjustment value
in "Adjustment Value Table," using the increase or [NOTICE]
decrease key. For the conditions and values for moment
zero-point check and fine adjustment, refer to the
The actual load value less than 1 t is shown as moment zero-point adjustment value in "Adjustment
follows: Value Table."
0.00 to 0.99 t "000" to "099"
-0.99 to -0.01 t "-99" to "-01" 1. Continued from "8.2 Moment Span Preliminary
Adjustment."
5. After the adjustment, press the set key to register
the adjusted value. 2. Raise the boom to an angle just before the
maximum boom angle, and then adjust the value
6. Proceed to "8.3 Moment Zero-point Check and of boom angle display to the condition of the
Fine Adjustment." zero-point adjustment specified in "Adjustment
Value Table" by lowering the boom. (Hoist down
the hook block to a position just clear of ground
surface or chassis.) (For GR-700N-1, GR-250N-1
(from #FB3729), GR-350N-1, GR-160N-1, and
GR-120F-1, set the hook block position to the
overwinding stop position.)

moment zero-point adjustment display appears.
Display
[X.XXXz***.*%]
Shows zero-point adjustment state.
4. Has the value shown on the actual load display

become the zero-point adjustment value in
"Adjustment Value Table"?
The actual load value less than 1 t is shown as
follows:
0.00 to 0.99 t "000" to "099"
-0.99 to -0.01 t "-99" to "-01"
YES NO
5. Fine adjust the value shown on the actual load

display to the zero-point adjustment value in
"Adjustment Value Table," using the increase or
decrease key. Press the set key for registration.

item.
167 W301-0151E
8.4 Load Radius Adjustment
[NOTICE]
For the conditions and values for load radius
adjustment, refer to the load radius adjustment
value in "Adjustment Value Table."
Set the crane as follows:
(1) Actual and registered statuses of outriggers: Fully
extended
(2) Actual and registered statuses of boom: Main
boom (Jib and single top stowed)
(3) Boom length: Fully extended
lines when the main boom is fully extended
(5) Hook block: Refer to "Adjustment Value Table."
(Auxiliary hook block stowed)
(6) Load radius: After lifting the rated lifting capacity
of load radius adjustment condition, set the actual
load radius to the value of load radius adjustment
condition (load radius) in "Adjustment Value
Table" by lowering the boom. (Cancel AML
automatic stop function when overload hinders
boom lowering.)
addition to those described above depending on
Table" for details.

confirm.
] appears. Press the
set key to select the menu item.

value of load radius adjustment display [
1s] becomes the load radius adjustment value in
registration.

item.
168 W301-0151E
8.5 Moment Span Fine Adjustment The actual load value less than 1 t is shown as
follows:
[NOTICE]
0.00 to 0.99 t "000" to "099"
For the conditions and values for moment span fine
adjustment, refer to the moment span fine -0.99 to -0.01 t "-99" to "-01"
5. Proceed to "8.6 Moment Zero-point Recheck."
(1) Actual and registered statuses of outriggers: Fully
extended
(3) Boom length: Fully extended
(4) Boom angle: Set the value shown on the boom
angle display to the condition of the span fine
adjustment specified in "Adjustment Value Table"
by lowering the boom.
(5) Hook block position: Hoist down the hook block to
a position just clear of ground surface.
lines when the main boom is fully extended
(7) Hook block: Refer to "Adjustment Value Table."
(Auxiliary hook block stowed)
addition to those described above depending on
Table" for details.

confirm.
] appears. Press the set key
to select the menu item.
3. Press the scroll-down key until the moment span

adjustment display appears.
Moment span adjustment display:
Display
[X.XXXs***.*%]
Shows span adjustment state.

value shown on the actual load display becomes
the span fine adjustment value in "Adjustment
Value Table." Press the set key for registration.
169 W301-0151E
8.6 Moment Zero-point Recheck
[NOTICE] (1) Fine adjust the value shown on the actual load
For the conditions and values for moment display to the zero-point adjustment value in
zero-point recheck, refer to the moment zero-point "Adjustment Value Table," using the increase or
decrease key. Press the set key for registration.
1. Continued from "8.5 Moment Span Fine
(2) Press the display alteration key to exit the menu
Adjustment."
item.
2. Retract the boom fully.
7. Perform "8.5 Moment Span Fine Adjustment."
3. Raise boom to an angle just before the maximum Perform "8.6 Moment Zero-point Recheck."
boom angle, and then adjust the value of boom
angle display to the condition of the zero-point
adjustment specified in "Adjustment Value Table" 8. Press the display alteration key to exit the menu
by lowering the boom. (Hoist down the hook block item.
to a position just clear of ground surface or
End of moment adjustment
chassis.) (For GA-700N-1, GR-250N-1 (from
#FB3729), GR-350N-1, GR-160N-1, and
GR-120F-1, set the hook block position to the
overwinding stop position.)

moment zero-point adjustment display appears.
Display
[X.XXXz***.*%]
Shows zero-point adjustment state
5. Has the value shown on the actual load display

become the zero-point adjustment value in
"Adjustment Value Table"?
The actual load value less than 1 t is shown as
follows:
0.00 to 0.99 t "000" to "099"
-0.99 to -0.01 t "-99" to "-01"
YES NO
6. Make the moment zero-point fine adjustment as

shown below. (The following moment zero-point
fine adjustment procedure is extracted from "8.3
Moment Zero-point Check and Fine Adjustment.")
170 W301-0151E
9. Clock Adjustment
The AML has a calendar and clock IC inside,
which is used to record errors.
Adjust the clock in the following procedure. The
clock adjustment is included in the maintenance
mode.
1. Select the item [] in the main

menu of the maintenance mode, and press the set
key to confirm.
2.When the time is displayed on the moment display,

press the scroll-up or scroll-down key to bring the
cursor to the place to be adjusted.
Time is displayed in the 24-hour basis. The cursor
lies under a numeral.
Display example: [ 99. 8. 23 16:30]
Cursor
3. Press the increase key or decrease key to change

the value to be adjusted.
4. After the adjustment, press the set key to write the

adjusted value onto the IC. If there are plural
adjustment places, move the cursor for
adjustment in order. Finally press the set key.

item.
171 W301-0151E
10. Swing Output Adjustment key to confirm.
[NOTICE] 2. When [AO ] is

Before adjusting the swing output (AO offset displayed, press the set key to select the menu
adjustment), ensure to reset the AO offset value to item.
zero.
10.1 Procedure of "AO Offset Value Resetting" right swing output adjustment display [41
RV] (to adjust the left swing output, the left swing
1. Select the item [AO ] in the main output adjustment display [42 LV]) and a
menu of the adjustment mode, and press the set cursor under the output value appear.
key to confirm. Display example:
2. When [AO ] is [41 RV 0 0]
displayed, press the scroll-down key until the Actual output value
display [AO ] appears.
Press the set key to select the menu item. Output value
3. When [ OK] appears, reset the AO 4. Press the increase or decrease key so that the
offset value by pressing the set key. output value of right swing output adjustment
display [41 RV] becomes the
4. When the message [ specification of swing output. At this time, the
] appears, the AO offset value resetting is actual output value also changes.
completed. Press the display alteration key to Display example:
return to the main menu. [41 RV 35 35]
10.2 Swing output adjustment (AO offset Actual output value

adjustment)
Output value
[NOTICE]
The specification for swing output varies depending 5. Press the scroll-down key to bring the cursor to
on the specification number. Refer to "Adjustment under the actual output value.
Value Table" in the INFORMATION AND DATA Display example:
section. For your information, "Adjustment Value
[41 RV 35 35]
Table" for models other than GR-300N-1,
TR-250M-7, GR-250N-1, GR-350N-1, GR-160N-1,
Actual output value
GA-700N-1 is described on the service manual of
the applicable model.
Output value
(1) Actual and registered statuses of outriggers: Fully 6. With the swing lever being at the right swing full
extended stroke end, raise the engine speed to the
(2) Actual and registered statuses of boom: Main maximum.
boom (Jib and single top stowed) With the operations above continued, press the
(3) Boom length: Fully retracted increase or decrease key until the swing operation
(4) Boom angle: Upright position, if possible (If the stops.
boom angle is low, it is dangerous during swing
operation.) Display example:
(5) Hook block position: Wound up as possible. [41 RV 35 37]
(6) Hydraulic oil temperature: Approx. 50C Actual output value
1. Select the item [AO ] in the main Output value

menu of the adjustment mode, and press the set
172 W301-0151E
7. Press the set key to register the adjusted value to

EEPROM. End of right swing output adjustment
8. For the left swing output adjustment, adjust

following the right swing output adjustment
procedure. After the registration, press the display
alteration key to exit the menu item. (For the left
swing output adjustment, the right swing output
adjustment display [41 RV] shall be
replaced with the left swing output adjustment
display [42 LV].)
173 W301-0151E
11. Boom Elevating Output Adjustment 3. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the
boom raising measurement display [
[NOTICE] ] appears. Press the set key to select
Before adjusting the boom elevating output (boom the menu item. (The boom lowering measurement
elevating characteristic adjustment), ensure to reset
display: [ ])
the boom elevating characteristic value to zero.
11.1 Procedure of "Boom Elevating fully retract the boom. When the boom has
Characteristic Value Resetting"
already been fully retracted, this message will not
1. Select the item [] in appear.
the main menu of the adjustment mode, and press
5. When [ .] appears, make
the set key to confirm.
the boom angle equal to or lower than the angle
2. When [ ] is shown in the message.
displayed, press the scroll-down key until the The rod of the boom elevating cylinder shall not
display [ ] appears. reach the stroke end. If the boom angle has
Press the set key to select the menu item. already been the angle shown in the message,
the message will not appear.
3. When [ OK] appears, reset the boom
elevating characteristic value by pressing the set 6. When the following message is displayed, press
key. the set key to select the menu item.
Display
[ ]
] appears, the boom elevating characteristic
[JS ]
value resetting is completed. Press the display
[ ]
alteration key to return to the main menu.
7. When the following message is displayed, with the
11.2 Boom Elevating Output Adjustment (Boom maximum engine speed maintained, operate the
Elevating Characteristic Adjustment) boom elevating lever toward the boom raising full
[NOTICE] stroke. Maintain the state until the measurement
Set the crane as follows: is completed.
(1) Actual and registered statuses of outriggers: Fully Display
extended [ JS ]
(2) Actual and registered statuses of boom: Main [ Max ]
boom (Jib and single top stowed) []
(3) Boom length: Fully retracted
(4) Hook block position: Wound up as possible. But 8. During the measurement, the following display
no overwinding shall occur during adjustment appears.
operation. Display example
(5) Hydraulic oil temperature: Approx. 50C [pi = **.* cv = ***]
1. Select the item [] in Boom elevating cylinder speed

Output pilot pressure
If, during the measurement, the rod of boom
2. When [ ] is
elevating cylinder is about to reach the stroke end,
displayed, press the set key to select the menu
the rod is automatically stops and the following
item.
message is displayed. Return to step 5 and repeat
the procedure.
174 W301-0151E
Display example
[ ]
[ .]
[]
To stop the measurement before it is completed,

return the boom elevating lever to the neutral
position, and press the display alteration key to
exit the menu item.
9. When the rod of the boom elevating cylinder stops

and the following display appears, the
measurement is completed.
Display
[ ]
[ JS ]
[]
10. Return the boom elevating lever to the neutral

position. When [ ]
is displayed, press the set key to register the
measured value to EEPROM. With [
] displayed, press the scroll-down
key to display the measurement result as follows:
Display example
[N p = **.* c = ***]
Boom elevating cylinder speed
Indicates that it is Nth data.
11. When [ ] is
displayed, the boom elevating measurement is
return to the item [
] in the sub menu.
12. For the boom lowering measurement, measure

following the boom raising measurement
procedure. After the registration, press the display
alteration key to exit the menu item.
175 W301-0151E
12. Telescoping/retraction Output 2. When [ ] is

Adjustment displayed, press the scroll-down key until the
display [: ] appears.
[NOTICE] Press the set key to select the menu item.
Before adjusting the telescoping/retraction output
(retraction characteristic adjustment), ensure to 3. When [No.1 ] is displayed,
reset the retraction characteristic value to zero. press the set key to select the menu item.
4. When [ 50] is displayed,

12.1 Procedure of "Retraction Characteristic
Value Resetting" set the boom angle to approx. 70. When the
boom angle has already been 50 or more, this
1. Select the item [] in message will not appear.
the set key to confirm. 5. When [.m ] is displayed, set
the boom length to the value shown in the
2. When [ ] is message or higher.
displayed, press the scroll-down key until the The rod of No. 1 boom telescoping cylinder shall
display [: ] appears. not reach the stroke end. If the boom length has
Press the set key to select the menu item. already been the value shown in the message or
3. When [ OK] appears, reset the higher, this message will not appear.
retraction characteristic value by pressing the set 6. When the following message is displayed, press
key. the set key to select the menu item.
4. When the message [ Display
] appears, the retraction characteristic value [ ]
resetting is completed. Press the display alteration [JS ]
key to return to the main menu. [ ]
7. When the following message is displayed, with the

12.2 Telescoping/retraction Output Adjustment
(Retraction Characteristic Adjustment) maximum engine speed maintained, operate the
boom elevating lever toward the boom lowering
[NOTICE] full stroke. Maintain the state until the
Set the crane as follows: measurement is completed.
(1) Actual and registered statuses of outriggers: Fully Display
extended
[ JS ]
[ Max ]
[]
(3) Boom angle: Approx. 50 to 70
(4) Hook block position: Wound up as possible. If, 8. During the measurement, the following display
during the adjustment operation, the hook block is appears.
about to contact the ground surface, hoist up the
hook block. Display example
(5) Hydraulic oil temperature: Approx. 50C [pi = **.* bv = ***]
"No. 1 boom telescoping cylinder" in the following No. 1 boom telescoping cylinder speed
text indicates the boom telescoping cylinder closer
to the boom bottom. Output pilot pressure
1. Select the item [] in If, during the measurement, the rod of No. 1 boom
the main menu of the adjustment mode, and press telescoping cylinder is about to reach the stroke
the set key to confirm. end, the rod is automatically stops and the
176 W301-0151E
following message is displayed. Return to step 5

and repeat the procedure.
Display example
[ ]
[ .m ]
[]
To stop the measurement before it is completed,

return the boom telescoping lever to the neutral
position, and press the display alteration key to
exit the menu item.
9. When the rod of No. 1 boom telescoping cylinder

stops and the following display appears, the
measurement is completed.
Display
[ ]
[ JS ]
[]
10. Return the boom telescoping lever to the neutral

position. When [ ]
is displayed, press the set key to register the
measured value to EEPROM. With [
] displayed, press the scroll-down
key to display the measurement result as follows:
Display example
[N p = **.* b = ***]
No. 1 boom telescoping cylinder speed
Indicates that it is Nth data.
11. When [ ] is
displayed, the boom retraction measurement is
completed. Press the display alteration key to exit
the menu item.
177 W301-0151E
Other Functions and How to Use

1. Select the item [ ] in
Them
1. Language
The menu item [Language] is used to change the menu items of the latest overload data or
language for messages appearing on the moment maximum overload data appear. Select either of
display. The message on the menu item them with the set key.
[Language] is always displayed in English. Display
[ ]
1. Select the item [Language] in the main menu of

the adjustment mode, and press the set key to
[ ]
confirm.
3. Display of latest overload data
2. When the language selection display appears,
Selecting [ ] shows the
press the scroll-up or scroll-down key to display
latest data registered in the overload history. The
the aimed language.
time when the overload history data has been
Display example
registered is indicated in the moment display.
[= Japanese]
Press the scroll-down key to show the next record.
Press the scroll-down key.
(up to 50 items)
[: English]
The symbol "=" at the left of the displayed Moment display
language indicates that the language is set at Display example [99.01.23 12:35]
present.
1
Serial number
(means Nth overload history data.)

3. When the aimed language is displayed, press the Shows the overload factor.
Shows the number of

set key to set. After the setting, the symbol ":" at registered items.
50 (Max.
400%)
(Max. 50 items) 400
the left of the set language changes to "=,"
indicating that the setting is completed.
Display example
[: English]
Press the set key.
[= English]

item. The messages appear in the newly set
%
language after that.
2. Overload History Display

The records of crane operations (with the moment
load factor exceeding the overloading limit)
registered in the AML are displayed. You can
choose between the displays of latest overload + -
data and of the maximum overload data.
IW301-0151J05
178 W301-0151E
3. Erasing the Overload History

4. Display of maximum overload data
Selecting [ ] shows the [NOTICE]
maximum data registered in the overload history. When the AML main unit or EEPROM is replaced
The time when the overload history data has been for repair and all adjustment is completed,
registered is indicated in the moment display. erase-protect the overload history.
Press the scroll-down key to show the load factor, Before delivering the machine to a user,
erase-protect the overload history by erasing the
jib length, and jib angle. (The jib length and jib
latest history data three times.
angle are displayed only during the jib lift.)
Press the scroll-down key again to show the next You can erase the overload history data (the
record. (up to 10 items) record of crane operation when the moment load
factor exceeds the set limit). Note that if the latest
history data are erased three times, the menu will
Moment display not appear, disabling the history data to be erased.
Display example [99.01.23 12:35] At the time of the third erasure, the records of the
maximum overload values will also be erased.
[125 14.5m45.0]
1. Select the item [] in
Serial number
1
(means Nth overload history data)

Indicates
boom angle. the set key to confirm.
Indicates boom length.

Indicates
load radius.
Indicates lift status.
menu item on which the overload history is to be
erased appears. Select either of them with the set
key.
Display
[ ]

m t [ ]
max t 3. When [ OK] appears, erase the

m
overload history by pressing the set key.

] appears, the overload history data is now
erased. Press the display alteration key to exit the
menu item.
+ -
Indicates
swing position.
Indicates actual load.
Indicates outrigger condition.
Indicates rated lifting capacity.
IW301-0151J06

item.
179 W301-0151E
Functions of and How to Use Maintenance Mode
Functions of and How to Use 1. Program Version Display

Maintenance Mode
ROM program version is displayed.
[NOTICE]
1. Select the menu item [], and press the
For how to shift to the maintenance mode and how
to select the maintenance menu, refer to "Method of set key to confirm.

Shifting Modes" and "Method of Menu Selection" in
2. When [] is displayed,
"General: Adjustment Mode and Maintenance
Mode" section. press the set key to select the menu item.
1. Maintenance mode menu 3. The program version is displayed. Press the

Used to make functional checks of the AML. This display alteration key to exit the menu item.
mode has the following menus: Display example
MAIN MENU [AML-L L0204]
SUB MENU
[] [] Program version
[ ] []
[DI ]
[AI ]
[ ]
2. Data ID Number Display
[DO ]
Information of ROM data is displayed.
[MDT ](*1)
[ ]
[ ]
[ ] set key to confirm.
[ ]
[ ] 2. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the
[ ] menu item [] appears. Press the
[OP ] set key to select the menu item.
[AO ]
[SIO ] 3. The ROM data is displayed as follows: Press the
[ ]
scroll-up or scroll-down key until the desired ROM
data is displayed. Press the display alteration key
(*)
: Not apply to the model (GA-700N-1) without MDT to exit the menu item.
(Multiplex Data Transmitter).
(1) ROM ID number display:
Indicates ROM ID number (revision number
[NOTICE] included).
This menu includes "MDT (Multiplex Data
Display example [750200]
Transmitter) monitoring" function, showing the input
(2) Specification number display:
status of MDT.
Indicates crane spec. number.
Display example [TR-500-3-00101]
(3) Code number display:

Indicates parts code number of the AML.
Display example [361-175-02000]
(4) Data date display:

Indicates the date of making up data.
Display example [95, 12, 27]
(5) Revision date display:

Indicates the date of data revision.
Display example [96, 01, 23]
180 W301-0151E
3. Di Check 4. Ai Check
The input state of Di (external contact switch) is The input state of Ai (analog detector input) is
displayed. displayed.
1. Select the menu item [], and press the 1. Select the menu item [], and press the
set key to confirm. set key to confirm.
2. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the 2. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the
menu item [DI ] appears. Press the set menu item [AI ] appears. Press the set
key to select the menu item. key to select the menu item.
3. Di (external contact switch) input state is 3. The input state of Ai (analog detector input) is
displayed. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key displayed. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key
until the desired data is displayed. Press the until the desired data is displayed. Press the
display alteration key to exit the menu item. display alteration key to exit the menu item.
Display example (Di1) Display example (ANAiNB)
[01 of ] [02 1201 ok ]
Switch state When analog detector

on: Active input value is within the
of: Not active normal input range, "ok"
appears; when it is out of
Switch name
the range, then "ng"
Di input terminal number appears.
01 to 28: Di1 to Di28
Analog detector input value
T: TC input
(A/D converted value)
A: ACC input
No indication: Serial port input (Di from Detector name
multiplex data transmitter and
Logical number in the program
signal transmitter)
00: Moment input (MOINP, MOINN)
[NOTICE] 01: ANAiNA
Switch state means ON/OFF state which the AML 02: ANAiNB
program judges logically. Usually, this matches to 03: ANAiNC
the physical condition of switch. However, if "r" is 04: ANAiND
added as shown in the example below, the meaning
differs. 05: ANAiNE
ron: Switch is active. (Physical contact is OFF.) 06: ANAiNF
rof: Switch is not active. (Physical contact is ON.) 07: Analog detector source (DET1SRC,
Only the Di switch used for input in the program can DET2SRC)
be displayed. Since the display sequence of Di 08: Pressure input (ANAING)
switch input states depends on the contents of the
program, the Di switch input states may not be 09: Pressure input (ANAINH)
indicated in the numerical order of Di switch input 11 to 15: Serial port-1 analog input 1 to 5
numbers. (Ai from signal transmitter)
21 to 25: Serial port-2 analog input 1 to 5
(Ai from MDT)
181 W301-0151E
[NOTICE] 6. Do Check
Only the Ai used for input in the program can be
displayed. Since the display sequence of Ai input The output state of Do (Digital output: Relay
states depends on the contents of the program, the output and open collector output) is displayed.
Ai input states may not be indicated in the Also, you can invert the current state of selected
numerical order of Ai input numbers.
output.

5. Elevating Cylinder Oil Pressure
set key to confirm.
Monitor
The cylinder extension lateral pressure and menu item [DO ] appears. Press the
retraction lateral pressure which are detected for set key to select the menu item.
the moment calculation are displayed.
3. The output state of Do (digital output) is displayed.
1. Select the menu item [], and press the Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the
set key to confirm. desired data is displayed. Press the display
2. Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the alteration key to exit the menu item.
menu item [ ] Display example (PLY1)
appears. Press the set key to select the menu [00 AML of]
item. Present output state
3. The elevating cylinder extension lateral pressure Output name
and retraction lateral pressure are displayed.
Press the display alteration key to exit the menu Output port number
item. 00 to 07: RLY1 to PLY8 (relay contact output)
Display example 10 to 17: TR1 to TR8 (open collector output)
[E. R. MPa]
[NOTICE]
Unit Output state means ON/OFF state which the AML
program judges logically (same as the Di). Usually,
Retraction oil pressure this matches to the physical condition of switch.
However, if "r" is added as shown in the example
Extension oil pressure below, the meaning differs.
ron: Switch is active. (Physical contact is OFF.)
rof: Switch is not active. (Physical contact is ON.)
4. During the above Do output monitoring procedure,

output state will be inverted while you are
pressing the inspection key.
182 W301-0151E
7. MDT (Multiplex Data Transmitter)

Monitor
The input/output state of the MDT (Multiplex Data
Transmitter) is displayed.
[NOTICE]
For the signal represented by the displayed
input/output No., refer to the "MDT Input/Output Nos.
and Corresponding Signals" on the following page.

set key to confirm.

menu item [MDT ] appears. Press the set
key to select the menu item.
3. The input/output state of the MDT is displayed.

Press the increase or decrease key until the
desired data is displayed. Press the display
alteration key to exit the menu item.
Display example
[No.123 Val.1]
Input/output state
Digital input/output:
1: ON
0: OFF
Analog input/output:
represented in numerals from 0
through 255.
Input/output number
183 W301-0151E
MDT Input/Output Nos. and Corresponding Signals The following table does not apply to the model
(GA-700N-1) without MDT (Multiplex Data Transmitter).
Upper input Upper output Lower input Lower output Analog input
Input/output Signal Input/output Signal Input/output Signal Input/output Signal Input/output Input/output Signal Input/output Signal Input/output Signal
Signal name
number name number name number name number name number number name number name number name
Upper
1 Di1 33 Di33 65 Tr1 89 Di1 121 PMONI1 137 MONI1 169 MONI33 201
Ai1
Upper
Ai2
Upper
Ai3
Upper
Ai4
Upper
Ai5
Upper
Ai6
Upper
Ai7
Upper
Ai8
Upper
Ai9
Upper
Ai10
Lower
Ai1
Lower
Ai2
Lower
Ai3
Lower
Ai4
Lower
Ai5
Lower
Ai6
Lower
17 Di17 49 Di49 81 Tr17 105 Di17 153 MONI17 185 MONI49 217
Ai7
Lower
Ai8
Lower
Ai9
Lower
Ai10
Lower
Ai11
Lower
Ai12
23 Di23 55 Di55 87 Tr23 111 Di23 159 MONI23 191 MONI55 Analog output
24 Di24 56 Di56 88 Tr24 112 Di24 160 MONI24 192 MONI56 Input/output Signal
number name
25 Di25 57 Di57 113 Di25 161 MONI25 193 Tr1
Upper
26 Di26 58 Di58 114 Di26 162 MONI26 194 Tr2 231
Ao1
Lower
27 Di27 59 Di59 115 Di27 163 MONI27 195 Tr3 241
Ao1
Lower
28 Di28 60 Di60 116 Di28 164 MONI28 196 Tr4 242
Ao2
Lower
29 Di29 61 Di61 117 Di29 165 MONI29 197 MSOL1 243
Ao3
30 Di30 62 Di62 118 Di30 166 MONI30 198 MSOL2
31 Di31 63 Di63 119 Di31 167 MONI31
32 Di32 64 Di64 120 Di32 168 MONI32
184 W301-0151E
8. Key Switch Check 10. Error Data Display

The key input on the AML control is checked. Error data registered in the AML are displayed on
the moment display and display panel 1.
set key to confirm. 1. Select the menu item [], and press the
set key to confirm.
menu item [ ] appears.
menu item [] appears.
Press the set key to select the menu item.
3. The following display appears. Press any key 3. The error codes are displayed on the moment
other than the display alteration key, and the display and display panel 1. Press the display
corresponding portion of display changes from "-" alteration key to exit the menu item and return to
to " " while you are pressing the key. Press the the ordinary display state.
display alteration key to exit the menu item. (1) The moment display displays the time when the
Display error occurred.
[---------------] Display example
[95. 01. 23 12:35]
9. Display Unit Check (2) When the scroll-down key is pressed, the time
display changes to the error code display.
The segments of LCD panels and LEDs of the Display example
AML display repeat to go on and off. [ ]
1. Select the menu item [], and press the (3) The mark "" on the error code display shows
that another error exists. Press the scroll-down
set key to confirm.
key to display the next error code.
Total number of stored items
Serial
1 number
menu item [ ] appears. (means Nth error.)

3. The segments of LCD panels and LEDs of the

AML display repeat to go on and off. Press the
display alteration key to exit the menu item and
return to the ordinary display state.
+ -
If "C is displayed here,
"C"
the error is present now.

Error code

This example shows error code
2003
2003 [].
[]
IW301-0151J08
185 W301-0151E
11. Erasing the Error Data menu item [AO ] appears. Press the
set key to select the menu item.
Use this menu item to erase the error information
registered in the AML. 3. The state of Ao (analog output) is displayed.
Press the scroll-up or scroll-down key until the
1. Select the menu item [], and press the desired data is displayed. Press the display
set key to confirm. alteration key to exit the menu item.
menu item [] appears. Display example (CNTL1PCNTL1N)
Press the set key to select the menu item. [41 RV 0 0]
3. When [ OK?] appears, erase the error Output level for checking
data information by pressing the set key. indicates at what
percentage of the
4. When the message [ maximum level the value
] appears, the error data is now erased. Press is to be output.
the display alteration key to exit the menu item.
Output level
indicates at what percentage
12. Option (OP) Board Check of the maximum level the
The type of the incorporated option board (analog value is being output.
output, wire detection) is indicated. Output name
1. Select the menu item [], and press the Ao output terminal number
set key to confirm. 11-19: Output to serial port 1 (Signal transmitter)
21-29: Output to serial port 2 (MDT)
41-49: Output to option board
menu item [OP ] appears. Press
(41: CNTL1P, CNTL1N)
the set key to select the menu item.
(42: CNTL2P, CNTL2N)
3. The type of the incorporated option board is (43: CNTL3P, CNTL3N)
displayed. (Up to two option boards can be (44: CNTL4P, CNTL4N)
incorporated.) Press the scroll-up or scroll-down
key until the desired data is displayed. Press the [NOTICE]
display alteration key to exit the menu item. Only the Ao used for output in the program can be
Display example displayed. Since the display sequence of Ao output
[1 ] states depends on the contents of the program, the
Ao output states may not be indicated in the
Option board name numerical order of Ao output numbers.
(1 : Analog output board)
4. How to set the output values for checking
(2 : Wire rope movement
With the Ao output state displayed, use the
detection board to indicate hook block position)
increase or decrease key to set up an output level
for checking. Every time the key is pressed, the
13. Ao Check level is increased or decreased by 1%. When the
key is held down for one second or longer, the
The Ao (analog output) state is displayed with an
level is increased by 10% for the increase key and
output value of the specified percentage.
decreased by 5% for the decrease key. When the
1. Select the menu item [], and press the level exceeds 100%, it returns to 0% (conversely,
set key to confirm. when the level reaches 0%, it returns to 100%.)
186 W301-0151E
5. How to output the output values for checking appears. Press the display alteration key to exit
With the output level for checking indicated, press the menu item.
the inspection key; the output level for checking
will be output while the key is held down. The 16. Overload History Display
displayed output value for checking blinks.
The overload history display in the maintenance
mode has the same functions as those in the
14. Sio Check
adjustment mode. Refer to the "Overload History
The Sio (serial port) state is displayed. Display" in the "Functions of and How to Use
Adjustment Mode" section.
set key to confirm.
17. Erasing the Overload History
menu item [SIO ] appears. Press the Erasing the overload history in the maintenance
set key to select the menu item. mode has the same functions as those in the
adjustment mode. Refer to the "Erasing the
3. The serial port state is displayed. Press the
Overload History" in the "Functions of and How to
scroll-up or scroll-down key until the desired data Use Adjustment Mode" section.
is displayed. Press the display alteration key to
exit the menu item.
Display example
18. Clock adjustment
[ 1 OK] Clock adjustment is included in the functions of
the maintenance mode. However, for how to
Serial port state adjust the clock, refer to the "Clock Adjustment" in
OK : Normal the "Functions of and How to Use Adjustment
NG : Abnormal Mode" section.
NU : Not used
Serial port name

(Serial port 1: Serial communication circuit to
signal transmitter)
(Serial port 2: Serial communication circuit to
MDT)
15. Adjust Monitor

The same items as shown in the []
menu of the main menu of the adjustment mode
appears. However, no adjustment is available.

set key to confirm.

menu item [ ] appears. Press
the set key to select the menu item.
3. The same items as shown in the []

menu of the main menu of the adjustment mode
187 W301-0151E
Error Message
Error Message mode is resumed after exiting the adjustment or

maintenance mode, the corresponding error
message appears on the moment display.
1. Display of Error Message
[NOTICE] 2. How to Read the Error Message
The language (English or Japanese) of error
message can be selected in the [Language] menu 1. An error code in the error message is represented
of the adjustment mode. by four-digit codes.
When English is selected, only the error codes are Error code E1 E2 E3 E4
displayed.
Individual code
Displays error message.

Group code
0: Alarm
1: Abnormal communication
2: Abnormal detector
3: Abnormality inside the AML
2. The highest rank (E1 in the above figure)

+ -
indicates an error group. The each next three digit
IW301-0151J09
figure (E2 through E4 above) indicates individual
error code under the error group.
1. If the program detects an abnormality in ordinary
operation state (user mode), it generates beep 3. Since the group code "0" indicates just an alarm
sound as well as displays the error message on condition, no error code is included in the error
the moment display. message. When the error message is displayed, it
Display example does not always mean that there is an abnormality
[] in the system.
[(2001)]
4. For this reason, no alarm-related error message is
Shows that an error of error code 2001 has registered in the system's error history memory.
occurred. However, such an error message is displayed in
the moment display as the messages for other
2. This error message display continues until the
group codes.
cause is eliminated.
3. While an operation in the adjustment or 3. How to Read the Error History

maintenance mode is being made, only beep
sound informs the operator of occurrence of an 1. Error data records up to 50 errors of the group
abnormality. The moment display, however, does codes 1, 2, and 3 only, in order of occurrence.
not show the error message automatically. The After 50th error is registered, the oldest one is
present message remains displayed. erased every time a new one is registered.
4. To confirm the error message in this state, press 2. For reading the error history, refer to the "Error
the lift height limit key. While the key is pressed Data Display" in the "Functions of and How to Use
and held, the error message is shown on the Maintenance Mode" section.
moment display. (It may take some seconds for
the display to show the error message.)
5. If the abnormality remains even when the user
188 W301-0151E
Error Message
4. Troubleshooting Table
4.1 Group Code 0
Error code Message Name

0001 O/R Front right outrigger beam retraction
0002 O/R Rear right outrigger beam retraction
0003 O/R Front left outrigger beam retraction
0004 O/R Rear left outrigger beam retraction
Status: The outrigger extension width detection value decreases, close to the lifting capacity change
over point. The machine does not stop automatically.
Cause: The outrigger slide is retracted.
Action: Extend the outrigger slide again.
0005 Boom angle value becomes out of specified
range.
Displayed only for the machines with side-up jib.
Status: Boom extension automatically stops during setting of the side-up jib.
Cause: Boom angle is smaller than that required for jib setting.
Action: Raise the boom until a safety angle for jib setting is secured.
0007 Swing capacity limit
Displayed only for the machines with the swing slow stop function. (Displayed only during a left or right
swing operation.)
Status: The boom enters a range beyond the capacity due to a swing operation.
If the machine has the automatic swing stop function, it automatically stops.
Cause: The machine enters a range with limited capacity due to the outrigger extension width and
the moment load factor exceeds 100%.
Action: Swing to an opposite direction.
Retract or raise the boom to bring it within the capacity range.
0010 Close to the swing angle limit
Displayed only for the machines with the swing slow stop function.
However, displayed only when the swing slow stop function is canceled (no automatic swing stop).
(Displayed as long as the boom is in close to the limit for both a left and right swing operation.)
Status: The status in which the swing limit area is reached in any additional swing.
The machine does not stop automatically.
Cause: The swing area limit function is active, and the boom has been swung to a point just close to
the limit.
Action: Swing the boom away from the swing-limited side.
Cancel the swing area limit function.
0011 The jib pin has not been inserted.
Status: The pin status of a jib is incorrect.
The machine automatically stops by an operation toward the critical side (boom extension)
from this status.
Cause: Both the connecting and setting pins of the jib have been inserted.
The connecting pin of the jib has not been inserted.
Action: Bring the jib pins to the normal state.
189 W301-0151E
Error Message

0013 Abnormal over-front detection switch
Status: The swing position does not conform with the status detected by the over-front detection
switch.
No automatic stop is made.
The over-front detection switch has detected "Front" when the boom does not face to the
front. (At this time, obtain the capacity with the over-front detection switch being "Not in
Front.")
Cause: Over-front detection switch is abnormal or its cable is open.
Swing angle detector is abnormal or incorrectly adjusted.
Action: Investigate the possible causes described above.
The input status from a detector can be checked in "Ai Check" item of the "Maintenance"
menu. If it is normal, "ok" is displayed. For the specifications of the detector, refer to the
"Detector Check" in the INFORMATION AND DATA section.

0015 Overwinding condition (when the stop function
by overwinding is canceled)
Displayed when an overwinding condition is detected when the stop function by overwinding is
canceled.
Status: The overwinding detection switch has been turned OFF.
The machine does not stop automatically though the error code is displayed when
overwinding is canceled.
Cause: Main or auxiliary hook block has been wound up excessively.
Overwinding detection switch is abnormal or its cable is open.
Action: Hoist down the main or auxiliary winch.
Investigate the overwinding detection switch and its wiring.

0016 Crane is out of capacity 1.
0017 Crane is out of capacity 2.
Status: The crane is in out-of-capacity status.
The machine automatically stops by an operation toward the critical side from this status.
Cause: The set operation status is not achieved.
Action: Set each operation status correctly.
Operate the crane to bring it to the operation status within capacity.
190 W301-0151E
Error Message

0018 SW1 Abnormal boom full retraction switch 1
0021 SW4 Abnormal boom full retraction switch 4
Status: At a specific boom section, the boom is fully retracted, but the boom full retraction detection
switch does not detect the "Fully retracted" status.
On the contrary, at a specific boom section, the boom is not fully retracted, but the boom full
retraction detection switch detects the "Fully retracted" status.
Cause: Boom full retraction detection switch is abnormal or its cable is open.
Boom length detector is abnormal or incorrectly adjusted.
AML main unit is abnormal. (Analog board is faulty.)
Replace any faulty parts and adjust as necessary.

0022 1 Abnormal jib full retraction detection switch
Status: The jib is fully retracted, but the jib full retraction detection switch is OFF (detects the "Not
fully retracted" status.)
On the contrary, the jib is not fully retracted, but the jib full retraction detection switch is ON
(detects the "Fully retracted" status.)
Cause: Jib full retraction detection switch is abnormal or its cable is open.
Jib length detector is abnormal or incorrectly adjusted.
Action: Investigate the jib full retraction detection switch. ([Di Check] related item:[])
Investigate the jib length detector. ([Ai Check] related item:[ L])
The input status from a detection switch and detector can be checked in [Di Check] or [Ai
Check] of the "Maintenance" menu. The judgment result of [Di Check] is shown by "on" or
"of," and that of [Ai Check] is shown by "ok" when it is completed successfully. For the
specifications of the detector, refer to the "Detector Check" in the INFORMATION AND DATA
section.

0023 100% Stop by 100%
Status: The machine stops automatically due to an operation toward the critical side (winch
hoisting-up, boom lowering, boom extension).
Cause: Out of capacity
Action: Operate the machine on the safe side (winch hoisting-down, boom raising, boom retraction).
191 W301-0151E
Error Message

0024 Stop by overwinding
Status: Overwinding detection switch is OFF.
Cause: Main or auxiliary hook block has been wound up excessively.
Overwinding detection switch is abnormal or its cable is open.
Investigate the overwinding switch and its wiring.

0026 Stop by upper boom angle limit
Status: The boom angle exceeds the upper limit.
Cause: The upper boom angle limit function has been set and the boom angle exceeds the limit
value.
Action: Lower the boom.
Cancel the upper boom angle limit function.

0027 Stop by lower boom angle limit
Status: The boom angle exceeds the lower limit.
Cause: The lower boom angle limit function has been set and the boom angle exceeds the limit
value.
Action: Raise the boom.
Cancel the lower boom angle limit function.

0028 Stop by upper lifting height limit
Status: The top end of the boom exceeds the lifting height limit.
Cause: The lifting height limit function has been set and the top end of the boom exceeds the limit
value.
Action: Lower or retract the boom.
Cancel the lifting height limit function.

0029 Stop by load radius limit
Status: The load radius is out of the limit area.
Cause: The load radius limit function has been set and the load radius exceeds the limit value.
Action: Raise or retract the boom.
Cancel the load radius limit function.
192 W301-0151E
Error Message

0037 Accumulator pressure abnormality
Status: The value detected by the accumulator hydraulic pressure detector is abnormal.
The machine does not stop automatically. (Not directly related to the AML control.)
Cause: The accumulator hydraulic pressure lowers.
Hydraulic pressure detector is abnormal or its cable is open.
AML main unit (analog board) is abnormal.
menu. (Normal: "ok" is displayed.)
Replace any faulty parts, and adjust as necessary.

0042 Right swing limit
0043 Left swing limit
Status: The swing position is out of the limit area. If the machine has the automatic swing stop
function, it automatically stops.
Cause: The swing area limit function has been set and the swing position exceeds the limit value.
Action: Swing the boom away from the swing-limited side.

0044 Jib is in retracted status.
Displayed only for the machines with the jib mounting status detected.
Status: The machine stops automatically due to an operation toward the critical side (jib
telescoping/extension, jib tilt down).
Cause: An operation toward the critical side with the jib retracted may buckle the tension rod or
bracket.
Action: Stop an operation toward the critical side.

0046 Condition setting altered
Status: The crane state has changed. The machine does not stop automatically.
Cause: Outrigger jack has been retracted. (Unexpected outrigger jack retraction movement)
Action: Set the operation status again.

0056 The swing operation is dangerous.
Status: An additional swing will make out-of-capacity status. The machine does not stop
automatically. (Displayed only during a left or right swing operation.)
The machine with the swing slow stop function displays only when the swing slow stop
function is canceled. (At this time, displayed only during the swing angle change.)
Cause: The boom has been swung to a point just close to the limited capacity range, due to the
outrigger extension width.
Action: Swing to an opposite direction.
193 W301-0151E
Error Message

0057 O/R Front right outrigger status change
0058 O/R Rear right outrigger status change
0059 O/R Front left outrigger status change
0060 O/R Rear left outrigger status change
Status: The outrigger status has changed and the capacity decreases to a smaller outrigger
extension width. The machine does not stop automatically.
Cause: The outrigger extension width decreases unintentionally.
Action: If a reduced capacity does not matter, continue to use the machine without change.
If an out-of-capacity status is expected, re-extend the outrigger further and register the
working area again.

0062 Boom angle is exceeded.
Status: The machine stops automatically by an operation toward the critical side (boom raising).
Cause: With the jib retraction pin detached and the pivot pin (a pin at the left) among the jib
connection pins only inserted, the boom is raised too high.
Action: Operate in the safe side (boom lowering).
Insert the jib retraction pin. Insert the jib connection pins at the left and right (both the pivot
pin and connecting pin).

0067 Abnormal moment [Distortion detection type]
0113 Does not stop.
Abnormal moment [Hydraulic pressure detection
type] Can not operate toward the critical side.
This alarm is triggered when the actual load value calculated inside the AML shows a negative value.
Abnormal negative load value range varies depending on the boom status.
Status: The actual load value calculated inside the AML shows a negative value due to abnormal
moment detector. Therefore, re-adjustment of the detector is required. (Error code 0067: The
alarm is triggered without automatic stop, error code 0113: The machine stopped by an
operation toward the critical side.)
Cause: Detector is abnormal. (Abnormal boom length detector, boom angle detector, moment
detector, or elevating cylinder pressure detector)
Detector is incorrectly adjusted.
The moment value cannot be detected correctly because the elevating cylinder has retracted
to the stroke end. (In case of error code 0113)
Action: Readjust the corresponding detector. Investigate the detector which seems to be faulty.
menu or "Elevating Cylinder Oil Pressure Monitor." In "Ai Check," if it is normal, "ok" is
displayed. ([Ai Check] related items: [ L], [], [ V], [],
[], etc.)
For the specifications of the detector, refer to the "Detector Check" in the INFORMATION
AND DATA section.
Raise the boom. (In case of error code 0113)
194 W301-0151E
Error Message

0068 Abnormal swing angle
Status: The difference in the detected values between two swing angle detectors is out of the
tolerance.
(The alarm is triggered without stop. For error codes 2016 through 2019, and 2021, the
machine stops.)
Cause: Detector is abnormal. (Swing angle detector)
AML main unit (analog board) is faulty.
The AML continuously checks the detected values of the swing angle. The AML judges that
the tolerance is exceeded during the check operation.
Action: Readjust the corresponding detector.
Investigate the swing angle detector.

0069 Abnormal boom length
Status: The detected value of the boom length exceeds the upper or lower limit of the tolerance.
(The alarm is triggered without stop. For error codes 2007 and 2008, the machine stops.)
Cause: Detector is abnormal. (Boom length detector)
The AML continuously checks the detected values of the boom length. The AML judges that
the upper or lower limit of the tolerance is exceeded during the check operation.
Investigate the boom length detector.

0070 Abnormal boom angle
Status: The detected value of the boom angle exceeds the upper or lower limit of the tolerance.
(The alarm is triggered without stop. For error code 2004, the machine stops.)
Cause: Detector is abnormal. (Boom length/angle detector)
The AML continuously checks the detected values of the boom angle. The AML judges that
the upper or lower limit of the tolerance is exceeded during the check operation.
Investigate the boom angle detector.
195 W301-0151E
Error Message

0071 O/R Abnormal extension width of the front right
0072 O/R outrigger
0073 O/R Abnormal extension width of the rear right
0074 O/R outrigger
Abnormal extension width of the front left
outrigger
Abnormal extension width of the rear left
outrigger
Status: The detected value of the outrigger width exceeds the upper or lower limit of the tolerance.
(The alarm is triggered without stop. For error codes 2009 through 2012, the machine
stops.)
Cause: Detector is abnormal. (Outrigger extension width detector)
MDT (Multiplex Data Transmitter) main unit is faulty.
The AML continuously checks the detected values of the outrigger width. The AML judges
that the upper or lower limit of the tolerance is exceeded during the check operation.
Investigate the corresponding detector.

0075 Spring lock state has changed.
Status: The spring lock state has changed from "Locked" to "Not locked." The machine does not stop
automatically.
Cause: Spring lock has been released unintentionally.
Spring lock has been released by mistake.
If the actual capacity is exceeded, engage the spring lock and set the status again.
0081 Boom elevating operation is slowing down.
Displayed only for the machines with the boom elevation slow stop function. (Displayed only during a
boom elevating operation.)
Status: The boom elevation slow stop function is activated, slowing down the boom operation.
Cause: The boom has been elevated close to a stop angle (stop by 100%, by area limit, by stroke
end, or for rear stability), the elevation slow stop function has been activated, and the
elevation speed is reduced.
Action: Stop the operation.
Elevate the boom toward the opposite direction.
Cancel the working area limit function.
Operate on the safe side.
196 W301-0151E
Error Message

0082 Swing operation is slowing down.
Displayed only for the machines with the automatic swing stop function. (Displayed only during a left or
right swing operation.)
Status: The swing slow stop function is activated, slowing down the swing operation.
Cause: The boom has swung close to a stop angle (stop by 100%, by area limit), the swing slow stop
function has been activated, and swing speed is reduced.
Action: Stop the operation.
Swing to an opposite direction.

0085 Elevation stopped at stroke end
Displayed only for [Hydraulic pressure detection type].
Status: The boom reaches the upper stroke end. (The boom has been elevated to the available
limit.)
The machine automatically stops because an operation toward the critical side is attempted
in this situation.
Cause: When the moment is detected in the hydraulic pressure in the elevating cylinder, the correct
moment cannot be detected if the boom elevating cylinder reaches the stroke end.
Therefore, the automatic stop function intervenes in the boom elevating operation just before
the boom elevating cylinder reaches the stroke end.
Action: Stop the operation which has caused the stop.
Operate the boom in the opposite direction which has caused the stop.

0088 Stopped at jib limit
Displayed only for the machines with the jib mounting status detected.
Status: The crane automatically stops because an operation toward the critical side (winch
hoisting-up, boom lowering, boom extension) is attempted when the moment has exceeded
the specified value.
Cause: The moment load factor during the boom lift with the jib mounted exceeds the specified limit.
(The actual capacity varies depending on various conditions such as the outrigger extension
width.)
Action: Operate the machine on the safe side (winch hoisting-down, boom raising, boom retraction).

0090 Hook-in prohibited area
Status: No hook-in operation is possible. (Stops due to overwinding.)
Cause: If a hook-in is attempted, the hook block and boom lower part may contact.
Adjust the boom status so that a hook-in operation is possible.
197 W301-0151E
Error Message

0091 Wrong jib setting
Displayed only for the machines with the jib mounting/retraction control function in TR-250F-1 type.
Status: The combination of the AML boom status setting and an operation select switch*1 selection is
as follows:
AML boom status setting: Select other than the jib set.
Operation select switch*1: Select the jib set position.
Cause: Either the AML boom status setting or operation select switch*1 selection is wrong.
Operation select switch*1 is abnormal.
Action: Select the jib set in the AML boom status setting.
Select the boom position or jib position using an operation select switch*1.
Investigate the operation select switch*1.
([Di Check] related item: [JB 1] to [JB 4])
The input status from the switch can be checked in [Di Check] of the "Maintenance" menu.
(The judgment result is indicated by "on" or "of.")
Operation select switch*1: Boom/jib operation select switch (boom, jib, jib set)
Jib set operation select switch (pivot pin, mounting/retraction cylinder,
connecting pin)
Mounting/retraction select switch (mounting, retraction)
0092 Jib extension/retraction dangerous operation
Status: The machine automatically stops due to a dangerous operation that may lead damage to the
boom or jib during the jib mounting/retraction operation.
Cause: Not-allowed operation was made.
(Allowed operations: Hoist-up and down of the auxiliary winch, left and right swing, boom
retraction (jib mounting/retraction))
Action: The allowed operations only shall be made.
Change the AML boom status setting or operation select switch*1 selection.
connecting pin)
198 W301-0151E
Error Message

0093 Allowable boom angle for jib set
Displayed for the jib types (such as TR-200M-5 jib) that allows the jib-side roller to be mounted/retracted
along the boom-side guide without using an additional rope.
Status: The crane operation automatically stops because the boom reaches the allowable angle for
jib mounting/retraction.
Cause: With the jib set operation selected by the AML status setting, the boom has raised to the
allowable angle for jib mounting/retraction.
Allowable angle for jib mounting/retraction
Mounting: The boom angle in which the jib does not swing largely and does not interfere the
revolving structure when the jib-side roller is detached from the boom-side guide
during a boom extension operation.
Retraction: The boom angle in which the jib-side roller engages the boom-side guide to allow
the jib to be retracted during a boom retraction operation.
Action: Jib mounting: Extend the boom and then mount the jib.
Jib retraction: Retract the boom and then retract the jib.
Others: Stop the boom raising operation.
Shift the AML status setting to an item other than the jib set.

0094 Operation select error
Status: The combination of the operation select switch*1 inputs is implausible.
Therefore, the automatic stop function intervenes in all operations.
Cause: Operation select switch*1 is abnormal.
Action: Investigate the operation select switch*1.
([Di Check] related item: [JB 1] to [JB 4])
The input status from the switch can be checked in [Di Check] of the "Maintenance" menu.
(The judgment result is indicated by "on" or "of.")
connecting pin)
199 W301-0151E
Error Message

0095 Hook-in detection error
Status: The combination of the auxiliary overwinding detection and auxiliary hook-in detection is
implausible.
([Auxiliary not in overwound status] and [Auxiliary hook-in status] are detected.)
Cause: Auxiliary overwinding detection switch is abnormal or its wiring is shorted.
Auxiliary hook-in detection switch is abnormal or its wiring is shorted.
Action: Investigate the auxiliary overwinding detection switch. ([Di Check] related item: [
])
Investigate the auxiliary hook-in detection switch. ([Di Check] related item: [S
])
The input status from the detection switch can be checked in [Di Check] of the "Maintenance"
menu. (The judgment result is indicated by "on" or "of.")

0096 Pivot pin detection error
Status: The combination of the pivot pin full retraction detection and full extension detection is
implausible.
([Pivot pin fully retracted] and [Pivot pin fully extended] are detected.)
Cause: Pivot pin full retraction detection switch is abnormal or its wiring is shorted.
Pivot pin full extension detection switch is abnormal or its wiring is shorted.
Action: Investigate the pivot pin full retraction detection switch. ([Di Check] related item: [
])
Investigate the pivot pin full extraction detection switch. ([Di Check] related item: [
])
200 W301-0151E
Error Message

0098 Abnormal auxiliary winch
Status: (a) A high pressure is detected in the auxiliary winch motor.
(b) The auxiliary winch brake is not released.
Cause: (a) The auxiliary high pressure detection switch is abnormal.
Auxiliary hoisting/unhoisting SOL or auxiliary unhoisting SOL is abnormal.
(Sticking, foreign matter is caught, the coil is open, the signal wiring is open, etc.)
(b) Auxiliary negative brake release pressure switch is abnormal.
Auxiliary automatic hoisting SOL or auxiliary winch brake release SOL is abnormal.
Auxiliary brake release hydro-valve or clutch valve is abnormal.
Action: Operate the boom at slow speed so that no high pressure is accumulated in the auxiliary
winch motor.
Investigate various switches, SOLs, and valves.
([Di Check] related item: [S ])
([Do Check] related item: [SW ] Auxiliary hoisting/unhoisting SOL
[S ] Auxiliary unhoisting SOL
[S ] Auxiliary automatic hoisting SOL
[SWBRK ] Auxiliary winch brake release SOL)
The input status from various switches and output status to SOL can be checked in [Di
Check] or [Do Check] of the "Maintenance" menu. (The judgment result is indicated by "on"
or "of.")

0099 Stop by main overwinding
Status: The main overwinding detection switch has been turned off. The machine automatically stops
by an operation toward the critical side from this status.
Cause: The main winch is overwound.
Main overwinding detection switch is abnormal or its cable is open.
Action: Hoist down the main winch.
Investigate the main overwinding detection switch. ([Di Check] related item: [
])
201 W301-0151E
Error Message

0100 Main overwinding condition (when the stop
function by overwinding is canceled)
This message is displayed if the main winch overwinding condition is detected when the stop function
by overwinding is canceled.
Status: The main overwinding detection switch has been turned off. The machine does not stop
automatically.
Cause: The main winch is overwound.
Main overwinding detection switch is abnormal or its cable is open.
Action: Hoist down the main winch.
Investigate the main overwinding detection switch. ([Di Check] related item: [
])
0101 Stop by auxiliary overwinding
Status: The auxiliary overwinding detection switch has been turned off. The machine automatically
stops by an operation toward the critical side from this status.
Cause: The auxiliary winch is overwound.
Auxiliary overwinding detection switch is abnormal or its cable is open.
The conditions for the automatic tensioning control are not met.
Action: Hoist down the auxiliary winch.
Investigate the auxiliary overwinding detection switch. ([Di Check] related item: [
])
Check the inputs related to the automatic tensioning control.

0102 Auxiliary overwinding condition (when the stop
function by overwinding is canceled)
This message is displayed if the auxiliary winch overwinding condition is detected when the stop
function by overwinding is canceled.
Status: The auxiliary overwinding detection switch has been turned off. The machine does not stop
automatically.
Cause: The auxiliary winch is overwound.
Auxiliary overwinding detection switch is abnormal or its cable is open.
Action: Hoist down the auxiliary winch.
Investigate the auxiliary overwinding detection switch. ([Di Check] related item: [
])
202 W301-0151E
Error Message

0103 The jib status is dangerous.
Displayed only for the machines with the jib mounting/retraction control function in TR-250F-1 type and
those with the jib upward mounting remote control function.
Status: Moving the crane may allow the jib to drop due to unstable jib status.
Cause: A pin to fix the jib (the jib retraction pin, jib anchor pin, pivot pin, connecting pin, fixing pin,
etc.) is not completely inserted.
Action: Insert each pin to prevent the jib to drop even when the crane is moved.

0105 Stop by hoisting error
Status: The auxiliary winch has been wound regardless of the command from the AML.
Cause: Auxiliary winch automatic hoisting SOL is abnormal.
Action: Investigate the auxiliary winch automatic hoisting SOL.
([Do Check] related item: [S ])
The output status to SOL can be checked in [Do Check] of the "Maintenance" menu. (The
judgment result is indicated by "on" or "of.")

0106 Simultaneous operation is prohibited.
Status: The machine stops automatically due to a simultaneous operation prohibited during the jib
mounting/retraction.
Cause: The automatic tensioning control has performed the auxiliary winch winding operation and
unwinding operation at the same time.
Action: Stop either operation. (The operation shall be done individually.)

0107 Pivot pin operation is prohibited.
Displayed only for the machines with the jib upward mounting remote control function.
Status: If the jib pivot pin is extracted in the present crane status, the jib may drop. Therefore, the
machine stops automatically.
Cause: The pivot pin is extracted with the jib not retracted.
Action: Stop extracting the pivot pin.
Investigate the jib retraction detection switch.
([Di Check] related item: [JIB ])
203 W301-0151E
Error Message

0108 Cylinder extraction/retraction is prohibited.
Status: If the cylinder is extracted/retracted in the present crane status, the jib support and main
boom may contact each other. Therefore, the machine automatically stops.
Cause: The cylinder is extended/retracted with the jib retracted.
Action: Stop extracting/retracting the cylinder. Investigate the jib retraction detection switch. ([Di
Check] related item: [JIB ])
0109 Tilt operation is prohibited.
Status: If the jib is tilted in the present crane status, the jib support and main boom may contact each
other. Therefore, the machine automatically stops.
Cause: The jib is tilted (up) with the pivot pin not inserted.
Action: Stop tilting the jib. Investigate the pivot pin full extension detection switch. ([Di Check] related
item: [])
0111 SOL Abnormal operation select solenoid
Status: When the telescoping operation is selected by the telescoping/tilt operation select switch and
the lever operation within cab by the remote control select switch, the tilt (up/down) operation
is detected. Therefore, the automatic stop function intervenes in all operations.
Cause: Telescoping/tilt select SOL is abnormal.
Action: Investigate the telescoping/tilt select SOL.
Investigate the telescoping/tilt operation select switch, remote control select switch, and tilt
operation detection switch.
([Di Check] related item: [ 1], [ SW], [ ], [
])
The input status from the select switch and detection switch can be checked in [Di Check] of
the "Maintenance" menu. (The judgment result is indicated by "on" or "of.")
204 W301-0151E
Error Message

0112 SOL Abnormal remote control operation solenoid
Status: When the remote control operation is selected by the remote control select switch, even if the
remote control is not operated, the tilt (up/down) operation is detected. Therefore, the
automatic stop function intervenes in all operations.
Cause: Remote control operation SOL (1) or (2) is abnormal.
Action: Investigate the remote control operation SOLs (1) and (2).
([Di Check] related item: Remote control operation SOL (1) []
Remote control operation SOL (2) [])
Investigate the tilt operation detection switch.
([Do Check] related item: [ ], [ ])
Investigate each operation switch on the remote control.
([Di Check] related item: Pivot pin (insertion) SW operation [ SW]
Pivot pin (extraction) SW operation [ SW]
Extension/retraction cylinder (extension) SW operation
[ CL SW]
Extension/retraction cylinder (retraction) SW operation
[ CL SW]
Connecting pin (insertion) SW operation [ P SW]
Connecting pin (extraction) SW operation [ P SW])
The input status from various switches and output status to SOL can be checked in [Di
Check] or [Do Check] of the "Maintenance" menu. (The judgment result is indicated by "on"
or "of.")
0114 Suspension free!
Status: The suspension state has changed from "Locked" to "Not locked." The machine does not
stop automatically.
Cause: The suspension becomes free unintentionally.
If the actual capacity is exceeded, engage the suspension lock and set the status again.

0115 Close to the boom elevating stop angle
Status: A further boom elevating operation will stop the crane. (Preliminary alarm)
Cause: The boom angle comes just before stopping by boom upper stroke end or a working area
limit (boom angle limit, load radius limit, lifting height limit).
Action: Stop elevating the boom.
Move the boom toward the safe side.
205 W301-0151E
Error Message

0116 Telescoping operation is slowing down.
Displayed only for the machines with the boom telescoping/retraction slow stop function. (Displayed
only during a boom retraction operation.)
Status: The boom telescoping/retraction slow stop function is activated, slowing down the boom
operation.
Cause: Because the boom comes close to the stroke end during the telescoping/retraction operation,
the telescoping/retraction slow stop function is activated, slowing down the retracting
operation.
Action: None
0117 Be careful of boom contact!
Status: The boom comes close to the mirror or engine cover. The machine does not stop
automatically.
Cause: The boom or retracted jib comes close to the mirror of the carrier or engine cover, and an
additional boom lowering operation or swing operation may allow the boom or jib to contact
these components.
Action: Be careful of an obstacle during a boom lowering operation or swing operation.

0118 Remote control operation is being selected.
Status: The remote control operation is selected by the remote control select switch. The lever within
the cab cannot be operated.
Cause: The input from the remote control select switch changes to the remote control operation side.
Action: When the lever is used for operation, select the lever operation by the remote control select
switch.
If this message is displayed, even though the lever operation is selected, investigate the
harnesses.
([Di Check] related item: [ SW])
With this message displayed, if the lever operation is possible, investigate the remote control
pressure vent SOL. ([Do Check] related item: [])
The input status from the switch and output status to SOL can be checked in [Di Check] or
[Do Check] of the "Maintenance" menu. (The judgment result is indicated by "on" or "of.")
0119 Connecting pin operation is prohibited!
Status: If the connecting pin is extracted in the present crane status, the jib may drop. Therefore, the
machine stops automatically.
Cause: The connecting pin is extracted (retracted) with the pivot pin not inserted correctly.
Action: Stop extracting the connecting pin.
Investigate the pivot pin full extension detection switch. ([Di Check] related item: [
])
206 W301-0151E
Error Message

0120 Telescoping select error
Displayed only for the machines with the jib mounting control function of GA-700N-1 type.
Status: Because the jib mounting/retraction has not been operated correctly, the jib may be
malfunctioning.
Cause: With the boom/jib select switch in a position other than the jib set position, the connecting pin
is operated.
Action: Move the connecting pin operation switch to the neutral position.
Move the boom/jib select switch to the correct position.
Investigate the inputs from the boom/jib select switch and connecting pin operation switch.
([Di Check] related item: [ 1], [ 2], [])
The input status from the various switches can be checked in [Di Check] of the
"Maintenance" menu. (The judgment result is indicated by "on" or "of.")

0121 Tilt operation is slowing down.
Displayed only for the machines with the jib mounting/retraction control function in TR-250F-1 type and
tilt slow stop function.
(Displayed only during a jib tilt operation.)
Status: The jib tilt operation slow stop function is activated, slowing down the tilt operation.
Cause: Because the jib offset angle comes close to the stroke end or angle to ground of 0 during a
jib tilt operation, the jib tilt slow stop function is activated, slowing down the tilt operation.
Action: None
207 W301-0151E
Error Message
4.2 Group Code 1

1001 1 Serial port 1 transmission line open
1002 2 Serial port 2 transmission line open
Status: The transmitter cannot receive any signals from the AML at all.
Therefore, all operations except boom swing are unavailable.
Cause: A part of wiring to the transmitter is open.
The connector pins of wiring to the transmitter are in poor contact.
The receiving circuit of the transmitter or the transmitting circuit of the AML is faulty.
Action: Check the wiring to the transmitter for continuity. If no continuity exists, repair or replace the
wiring.
Replace the transmitter or AML power board.

1003 1 Serial port 1 receiving line open
1004 2 Serial port 2 receiving line open
Status: The signals from the transmitter cannot be received at all.
Cause: A part of wiring from the transmitter is open or in poor contact.
No transmitter is connected. (The connector is disconnected.)
The receiving circuit of the AML or the transmitting circuit of the transmitter is faulty.
The serial port fuse (SIF1, 2) of the AML has blown.
Action: Check the wiring to the transmitter for continuity. If no continuity exists, repair or replace the
wiring.
Replace the transmitter or AML power board.
Replace the serial port fuse of the AML.

1005 1 Abnormal transmitter 1
1006 2 Abnormal transmitter 2
Status: An abnormality is detected in the transmitter.
Cause: The internal circuit of the transmitter is abnormal.
Action: Replace the transmitter.

1007 1 Serial port 1 transmitting data error
1008 2 Serial port 2 transmitting data error
1009 1 Serial port 1 receiving data error
1010 2 Serial port 2 receiving data error
Status: The data transmitted (received) by the AML and that received (transmitted) by the transmitter
are different.
Cause: The data has been garbled due to noise (external radio wave).
The signal wire connection is in poor contact.
Action: Turn off any device which is emitting strong noise.
Check the signal line for poor contact. Repair or replace the wiring.
208 W301-0151E
Error Message

1011 1 Transmitter 1 type improper
1012 2 Transmitter 2 type improper
Status: A wrong transmitter is connected to the serial port.
Action: Connect the approved transmitter to the serial port.
209 W301-0151E
Error Message
4.3 Group Code 2

2001 Abnormal moment detector
Status: The input values detected by the moment detector are implausible.
Cause: Moment detector is abnormal or its cable is open.
The moment is not adjusted correctly by the AML.

2003 Abnormal boom length detector
Status: The input values from the boom length detector are implausible.
Cause: Boom length detector is abnormal or its cable is open.

2004 Abnormal boom angle detector
Status: The input values from the boom angle detector are implausible.
Cause: Boom angle detector is abnormal or its cable is open.

2005 Abnormal jib length detector
Status: The input values from the jib length detector are implausible.
Cause: Jib length detector is abnormal or its cable is open.
Transmitter unit is abnormal.
210 W301-0151E
Error Message

2006 Abnormal jib angle detector
Status: The input values from the jib angle detector are implausible.
Cause: Jib angle detector is abnormal or its cable is open.

2009 O/R Abnormal front right O/R length detector
2010 O/R Abnormal rear right O/R length detector
2011 O/R Abnormal front left O/R length detector
2012 O/R Abnormal rear left O/R length detector
Status: The input values from the outrigger length detector are implausible. The machine does not
stop automatically.
Cause: Outrigger length detector is abnormal or its cable is open.
Outrigger length detector of the AML has not been adjusted correctly.

2017 Abnormal swing angle detector 1 (swing dead angle
2019 switch OFF)
Abnormal swing angle detector 2 (swing dead angle
switch ON)
Status: The relation between the input values from the swing angle detector and swing dead angle
detection switch is abnormal.
Cause: Swing angle detector is abnormal or incorrectly adjusted, or its cable is open.
Swing dead angle detection switch is abnormal or incorrectly adjusted, or its cable is open.
The input status from the detection switch can be checked in "Di Check" item of the
"Maintenance" menu. (The judgment result is indicated by "on" or "of.")
Replace any faulty parts, and adjust as necessary.
211 W301-0151E
Error Message

2021 Abnormal swing angle detector
Status: The offset of the swing angle detectors 1 or 2 is abnormal.
Cause: The swing angle detectors 1 or 2 is wrongly mounted or incorrectly adjusted.

2022 Abnormal boom elevating cylinder extension
2023 pressure detector
Abnormal boom elevating cylinder retraction
pressure detector
Status: The input values from the hydraulic pressure detector in the boom elevating cylinder's
extension (retraction) chamber are implausible.
Cause: Hydraulic pressure detector is abnormal or its cable is open.
AML main unit is abnormal.
menu. ([Ai Check] related item: [], [])
If it is normal, "ok" is displayed.
For the specifications of the detector, refer to the "Detector Check" in the INFORMATION
AND DATA section.
212 W301-0151E
Error Message
4.4 Group Code 3

3003 (3003) System error (sum check error)
Status: An error is found in ROM as a result of sum check.
Cause: AML main unit is abnormal. (CPU board is faulty.)
ROM is abnormal.
Action: Replace the AML main unit. (Replace the CPU board.)
Replace ROM.

3006 (3006) System error (EEPROM error)
Status: AML cannot write on its nonvolatile memory (EEPROM).
Cause: AML main unit is abnormal (CPU board is abnormal) or EEPROM is abnormal.
Action: Replace the AML main unit (replace the CPU board) or replace EEPROM.

3007 (3007) System error (RAM error)
3008 (3008) System error (RAM error)
3009 (3009) System error (CPU error)
3011 (3011) System error (bus error)
3012 (3012) System error (address error)
3013 (3013) System error (unauthorized command)
3017 (3017) System error (privilege violation)
Status: The software program cannot run normally.
Cause: AML main unit is abnormal. (Abnormal CPU circuit board)
Action: Replace the AML main unit. (Replace the CPU board.)
If this error has occurred, the relevant error message is displayed and the AML stops
processing. (There is a continuous beep and two LEDs in the adjustment window light.)
When such a state occurs, the cause may exist in the AML itself. At first, check for an
abnormality such as loose connector within the AML unit.

3010 (3010) System error (A/D converter error)
Status: The input status of the A/D converter is abnormal.
Cause: AML main unit is abnormal. (CPU board or analog board is faulty.)
Action: Replace the AML main unit. (Replace the CPU board or analog board.)
213 W301-0151E
Error Message
4.5 For GR-120F-1 Only (Group Code 0)
Error code: 0049 Message: [] Name: Jib tilt not fully lowered
Status: The extension/retraction operation is prohibited in the status other than jib tilt fully lowered.
(Prevention of an interference between the set horn and jib lock pin)
Cause: The jib mounting/retraction operation is performed with the tilt full lowering detection OFF.
When the connecting pin full extension is OFF and jib rotation retraction is ON, the boom retraction
operation is performed with the tilt full lowering detection OFF.
The tilt full lowering detector is faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
Action: Perform the tilt lowering operation until relief is reached. If the error still exists, replace or readjust
the tilt full lowering detector.
Error code: 0097 Message: [] Name: Connecting pin detection error
[ Di]
[]
Status: Abnormal connecting pin status in rotation operation
(The rotation operation is prohibited with the connecting pin extended. Prevention of damage to
the connecting pin.)
Cause: The jib rotation operation is performed in the status other than "the connecting pin full extension
detection OFF and connecting pin full extension detection ON."
The connecting pin detector is faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
Action: Perform the connecting pin retraction operation until relief is reached. If the error still exists, check
the detector status in the Di check, and replace or readjust the abnormal detector.
Error code: 0103 Message: [] Name: Jib not stowed completed
[]
[]
Status: Any operations not toward the retraction operation direction are prohibited when the connecting pin
is off.
Prevention of damage to the jib rotation motor.
Cause: The major cause is the connecting pin full extension detection OFF, but the operation to be
prohibited varies depending on the machine status.
The connection pin is retracted unintentionally, or the connecting pin full extension detector is
faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
(1) When the boom operation is selected:
(a) AML boom status "jib set" is selected
- With the rotation retraction detection OFF and in the jib-extendable/retractable range, the
swing operation is prohibited.
(b) AML boom status "main hook" or "auxiliary hook" is selected
- Main winch hoisting up, auxiliary winch hoisting up, boom elevation, boom extension, and
swing operations are prohibited.
(However, if the connecting pin full extension detection is turned OFF during swing operation,
no stop is made.
When the swing lever once returns to the neutral position, the swing operation is additionally
prohibited.)
(2) When the jib operation is selected:
- With the rotation retraction detection OFF, the jib extension, jib raising, and swing operations
are prohibited.
- With the rotation retraction detection ON, the jib extension and jib raising operations are
prohibited.
(b) AML boom status "main hook" or " auxiliary hook" is selected
- Main winch hoisting up, auxiliary winch hoisting up, jib raising and lowering, jib extension, and
214 W301-0151E
Error Message
swing operations are prohibited.

(However, if the connecting pin full extension detection is turned OFF during swing operation,
no stop is made.
When the swing lever once returns to the neutral position, the swing operation is additionally
prohibited.)
Action: Perform the connecting pin extension operation until relief is reached. If the error still exists,
replace or readjust the connecting pin full extension detector.
Error code: 0110 Message: [] Name: Jib not retracted completely
[]
[]
Status: The boom operation is prohibited before the jib rotation retraction is completed (Prevention of an
interference between the set horn and jib lock pin.)
Prevention of damage to the jib rotation motor
Cause: The major cause is the connecting pin full extension detection OFF, but the operation to be
prohibited varies depending on the machine status.
The connection pin is retracted unintentionally, or the connecting pin full extension detector is
faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
- With the jib rotation retraction detection OFF and in the jib-extendable/retractable boom length
or below, the boom retraction and swing operations are prohibited.
- With the jib lock pin detection OFF and at the boom-extendable/retractable boom angle or
below, the boom lowering operation is prohibited. However, this interlock can operate with the
AML canceled.
(2) When all operations are selected and the AML is canceled
- With the jib lock pin detection OFF and at the boom-extendable/retractable boom angle or
below, the boom lowering operation is prohibited.
Action: Perform the rotation retraction operation until relief is reached. If the error still exists, replace or
readjust the jib rotation retraction detector.
Replace or readjust the jib lock pin detector.
Error code: 0123 Message: [] Name: Abnormal operation input

Status: Abnormal operation select switch
Cause: Both the switch operation input 1 (Di28) and switch operation input 2 (Di27) are turned ON.
Both the switch operation input 3 (Di25) and switch operation input 4 (Di26) are turned ON.
Both the jib mounting/retraction (extension) (Di22) and jib mounting/retraction (retraction) (Di23)
are turned ON.
Action: Replace or readjust the faulty switch.
Error code: 0124 Message: [ 1] Name: Abnormal combination of jib

[] extension/retraction detection
[]
Status: Faulty jib mounting/retraction detector
Cause: Both the jib mounting detector and jib retraction detector are turned ON.
Action: Replace or readjust the abnormal detector.
215 W301-0151E
Error Message
Error code: 0125 Message: [ 1] Name: Simultaneous operation is prohibited

[] in jib mounting operation
Status: Simultaneous operation is prohibited when the jib mounting/retraction operation is selected.
Cause: Simultaneous operation other than main winch hoisting up and down, auxiliary winch hoisting up
and down is performed when the jib mounting/retraction operation is selected.
Abnormal operation detection switch
Action: If the error still exists when all the levers are engaged in the neutral position, replace the abnormal
operation select switch.
Error code: 0126 Message: [] Name: Jib set error

Status: The jib mounting/retraction operation is prohibited with the jib full retraction detection OFF.
(Because the extension/retraction is performed using the jib telescoping circuit as a power source)
Cause: The jib is extended unintentionally, or the jib full retraction detector is faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
Action: Perform the jib retraction operation until relief is reached. If the error still exists, replace or readjust
the jib full retraction detector.
Error code: 0127 Message: [ 2] Name: Jib extension detection error

[]
Status: The connecting pin extension operation is prohibited before the jib rotation extension is completed
(Prevention of damage to the connecting pin.)
Cause: The connecting pin extension operation is prohibited with the jib rotation extension detection OFF.
The jib rotation extension detector is faulty and incorrectly adjusted.
Action: Perform the jib rotation extension operation until relief is reached. If the error still exists, replace or
readjust the jib rotation extension detector.
Error code: 0128 Message: [ 3] Name: Extension operation prohibited at jib

[] set
Status: The jib extension operation is prohibited with the AML status "jib set."
(Because the extension/retraction is performed using the jib telescoping circuit as a power source)
Cause: The jib extension operation is prohibited with the jib operation selection: AML status "jib set."
Action: If the error still exists when the lever is engaged in the neutral position, replace the operation
detection switch.
216 W301-0151E
Error Message
Error code: 0129 Message: [ 4] Name: Jib set is out of range

[]
Status: The jib extension/retraction operation is prohibited outside the jib rotation motor capacity range.
The jib extension/retraction operation is prohibited outside the connecting pin status visible range.
The jib extension/retraction operation is prohibited in the jib lock pin detected status.
The boom operation is prohibited toward outside of the jib extension/retraction range with the jib
set not completed.
Prevention of damage to the jib rotation motor.
Cause: The major cause is the operation outside the jib set range, but the operation to be prohibited varies
depending on the machine status.
The connection pin full extension detector is faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
The jib lock pin detector is faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
- With the connecting pin full extension detection OFF and in the jib-extendable/retractable
range length above, the boom extension operation is prohibited.
- With the connecting pin full extension detection OFF, jib lock pin detection ON, and at the
jib-retractable range angle or below, the boom extension operation is prohibited. However, this
automatic stop disables the AML cancel.
(2) When the jib rotation retraction, jib rotation extension, connecting pin extension, and
connecting pin retraction operations are performed.
- The jib extension/retraction operation is prohibited outside the extension/retraction range.
(3) In all the statues of operation selected when the AML is canceled
- With the connecting pin full extension detection OFF, jib lock pin detection ON, and at the
jib-retractable range angle or below, the boom extension operation is prohibited.
Action: Perform the connecting pin extension operation until relief is reached. If the error still exists,
replace or readjust the connecting pin full extension detector.
Replace or readjust the jib lock pin detector.
Error code: 0132 Message: [ 3] Name: Abnormal combination of detectors on
[] retraction
[]
Status: Abnormal detector status on retraction
Cause: When the jib lock pin is detected, the statuses other than the "tilt full lowering detection ON, jib
rotation extension OFF, and jib rotation retraction ON"
The tilt full lowering detector is faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
The jib rotation extension detector is faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
The jib rotation retraction detector is faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
Action: Replace or readjust the jib lock pin detector.
Replace or readjust the tilt full lowering detector.
Replace or readjust the jib rotation extension detector.
Replace or readjust the jib rotation retraction detector.
217 W301-0151E
Error Message
Error code: 0133 Message: [ 4] Name: Abnormal combination of jib lock pin
[] and connecting pin
[]
Status: Abnormal combination of the jib automatic pin (jib lock pin) and connecting pin full extension
detection. (Simultaneous detection of the jib retraction status and jib mounting status)
Cause: Both the jib lock pin detection and connecting pin full extension detection are turned ON.
The connecting pin full extension detector is faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
Action: Replace or readjust the detector different from the actual machine status.
Error code: 0134 Message: [ 2] Name: Abnormal combination of connecting

[] pin detection
[]
Status: Abnormal connecting pin detector
Cause: Both the connecting pin full extension detection and connecting pin full retraction detection are
turned ON.
The connecting pin full extension detector is faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
The connecting pin full retraction detector is faulty or incorrectly adjusted.
Action: Replace or readjust the detector different from the actual machine status.
Error code: 0135 Message: [] Name: Auxiliary hook block interference

Status: The auxiliary hook block interference is prevented.
Cause: The jib raising, jib retraction, and boom elevation operations are prohibited in the auxiliary hook
block interference range.
Action: Operate outside the auxiliary hook block interference range.
Error code: 0136 Message: [ 5] Name: Elevation lower limit on jib setting
[]
Status: The boom lowering operation is limited when the jib is set in the upper limit of the jib
extendable/retractable range length or above.
Cause: The boom lowering operation is performed in the jib extendable/retractable range length or above
and at the jib extendable/retractable range angle or below.
Action: Operate at the jib extendable/retractable range angle or above.
218 W301-0151E
Disassembly of AML Main Unit
Disassembly of AML Main Unit 2. Removing Rear Panel/Connector

Board/Current Output Board
1. Removing Front Panel/Display Board
[NOTICE]
[NOTICE] Do not touch each front and rear face of the boards
by hand when removing the boards.
Do not touch each front and rear face of the boards
by hand when removing the boards.
1. Remove the screws (c) and take off the rear
1. Remove the screws (a) and take off the front panel, connector board, and current output board
panel and display board as an assembly from the as an assembly from the main unit case.
main unit case.
Front
panel Display
board Connector
board Rear
panel
Current
output board c
a Main unit case
Main unit case

IW301-0151J19
IW301-0151J21
2. Remove the screws (b) and separate the display
board.
2. Remove the screws (d) and separate the current
output board. Remove the spacers (e) and
separate the connector board.

e Current output board

Connector board d
b
Display
board
IW301-0151J22
IW301-0151J20
219 W301-0151E
Disassembly of AML Main Unit
3. Removing CPU Board/Analog Board 3.1 Notes on ROM/EEPROM Replacement

/Power Board [NOTICE]
EEPROM stores the adjustment values for each
[NOTICE] specification number. When replacing the CPU
Do not touch each front and rear face of the boards board, remove the EEPROM from the broken CPU
by hand when removing the boards. board and reuse it.
1. Remove the screws (a) and take off the front When replacing ROM or EEPROM, make sure
panel and display board as an assembly from the that the concavities of the IC and socket meet
main unit case. Remove the screws (c) and take each other.
off the rear panel, connector board, and current
output board as an assembly from the main unit Batteries

Calendar/clock

case.
CN1
Rear panel EEPROM
Connector board
Current
output board c
CN4 PLD
ROM 1
CPU
ROM 0
CN2
CN3
CPU board
CPU
a
Main unit case IW301-0151J25
Front panel Display
board IW301-0151J23
2. Remove the screws (f) and separate the CPU

board. Then, remove the spacers (h) and take off
the analog board and power board as an
assembly from the main unit case. Remove the
nuts (g) and separate the analog board.
Analog board
Power
board Main
unit case
h
CPU board
CPU
IW301-0151J24
220 W301-0151E
Adjustment Value Table
[INFORMATION AND DATA]

Specification No.: GR-300N-1-00101
Precautions for adjustment 1
Any adjustment shall be done with the single top extended and the auxiliary hook block mounted.
AML model: AML-LIIA
AML code No.: 361-196-70000
Adjustment
Adjustment item Adjustment condition Tolerance
value
0.04 m
Zero-point
Boom length: Fully retracted 7.70 m (0.08 m for zero-point
adjustment
Boom length check)
Span
Boom length: Fully extended 32.00 m 0.04 m
adjustment
Zero-point Boom angle: 0.0 (actual 0.1
0.0
adjustment value) (0.2 for zero-point check)
Boom angle
Span Boom angle: 80.0 (actual
80.0 0.1
adjustment value)
Swing angle 1: 0.3
Zero-point Swing position: Front (right 0.0 (0.6)
adjustment swing) Swing angle 2: 0.3
360.0 (0.6)
Swing angle
Swing angle 1:
0.3
Span Swing position: Rear (right 180.0
adjustment swing) Swing angle 2:
0.3
180.0
0.006 m
Zero-point Outrigger extension width:
Outrigger 1.040 m (0.012 m for zero-point
adjustment Min.
extension check)
width Span Outrigger extension width:
3.350 m 0.006 m
adjustment Max.
Jib offset angle: Min.
Zero-point 0.2
(Adjust the boom angle to -5.0
adjustment (0.4 for zero-point check)
Jib angle 35.0 or lower.)
Span
Jib offset angle: Max. -60.0 0.2
adjustment
Boom length: Fully retracted 0.26 t
Zero-point
Boom angle: 80.00.1 (Hook block 0.12 t
adjustment
(indicated value) mass)
Preliminary Boom length: Fully retracted 0.26 t
Moment span Boom angle: 10.00.1 (Hook block 0.04 t
(A hook block adjustment (indicated value) mass)
with 30 t Boom length: Fully extended
capacity is to Load radius Load radius: 7.00 m
be used.) 7.00 m 0.05 m
adjustment (actual value)
Rated lifting capacity: 7.00 t
Boom length: Fully extended 0.26 t
Span fine
Boom angle: 15.00.1 (Hook block 0.01 t
adjustment
(indicated value) mass)
Standard for swing

output
217
[NOTICE]
For the AML telescoping control relay output, refer to "CN2 connector terminal No. 5" (page 26).
221 W301-0151E
Specification No.: TR-250M-7-00101

Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00101, -00201
AML model: AML-LIIA
AML code No.: 361-196-60000
1. Setting before adjustment

Capacity setting
Head-off capacity Winch drum position
Jib selection Single top selection
setting setting
Not set Not set Not set Not set
2. Detector adjustment
Precautions for adjustment
(*1) Adjust the center of dispersion to coincide with the adjustment value.
(*2) Adjust the boom angle and the moment in the boom lowering operation.
(*3) Adjust the swing angle in the clockwise swing operation.
(*4) Before adjusting the moment, set the number of parts of line to the standard number (four parts of line)
for fully-extended boom, and set the boom status in the AML setting to "Boom."
Adjustment
value
0.04 m
Zero-point
adjustment
Boom length check)
Span
adjustment
0.0
Boom angle adjustment value) (0.2 for zero-point check)
(*2) Span Boom angle: 80.0 (actual
80.0 0.1
adjustment value)
Swing angle 1: 0.3
Zero-point Swing position: Front (right 0.0 (0.6 for zero-point check)
Swing angle 360.0 (0.6 for zero-point check)
(*3) Swing angle 1:
0.3
0.3
180.0
0.006 m
X-type Zero-point Outrigger extension width:
1.178 m (0.012 m for zero-point
outrigger adjustment Min.
extension check)
3.150 m 0.006m
adjustment Max.
Zero-point 0.1
Jib offset angle: Min. -5.0
Power tilt jib adjustment (0.2 for zero-point check)
angle Span
adjustment
222 W301-0151E
1 Specification No.: TR-250M-7-00101 (260-kg main hook block)

1 Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00101, 00201 (--FB3721, 260-kg main hook block)
Boom length: Fully retracted
Boom angle: 81.00.1
(indicated value) 0.26 t
Zero-point
Load: Without load (0.26 t hook (Hook block 0.13 t
adjustment
block only) mass)
Hook block: Hoisted down
close to the ground surface.
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Preliminary
1 Moment Load: Without load (0.26 t hook (Hook block 0.03 t
span adjustment
(A hook block with 25 block only) mass)
t capacity is to be Hook block: Hoisted down
used.) close to the ground surface.
(*2)(*4) Boom length: Fully extended
Load radius Load radius: 8.00 m
8.00 m 0.05 m
Rated lifting capacity: 7 t
Boom length: Fully extended
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Span fine
adjustment
block only) mass)
1 Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00101, 00201 (FB3729--, 220-kg main hook block)
0.17 t
Boom angle: 81.00.1 Hook block
Zero-point (indicated value) mass
Load: Without load (0.22 t hook 0.13 t
adjustment minus
block only) Wire rope
Hook block: At the stop by mass
overwinding
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Preliminary
Moment Load: Without load (0.22 t hook (Hook block 0.03 t
span adjustment
8.00 m 0.05 m
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Span fine
adjustment
block only) mass)
223 W301-0151E
3. Slow stop adjustment 4. Setting after adjustment
- Adjustment specification for swing control output: - Setting of number of parts of line: Not set
217 - Language variation: Not set
- Boom raising and lowering characteristic
measurement: Set
- Telescoping/retraction characteristic measurement:
Not set
[NOTICE]
224 W301-0151E

AML model: AML-LIIA
AML code No.: 361-902-50000

Capacity setting
setting setting
Adjustment item Adjustment condition Adjustment value Tolerance
0.04 m
Zero-point
adjustment
Boom length check)
Span Boom length: Fully
30.50 m 0.04 m
adjustment extended
0.1
Zero-point Boom angle: 0.0 (actual
0.0 (0.2 for zero-point
Boom angle adjustment value)
check)
(*2)
80.0 0.1
adjustment value)
0.3
Swing angle 1: 0.0 (0.6 for zero-point
Zero-point Swing position: Front (right check)
Swing angle adjustment swing) 0.3
(*3) Swing angle 2: 360.0 (0.6 for zero-point
check)
Span Swing position: Rear (right Swing angle 1: 180.0 0.3
adjustment swing) Swing angle 2: 180.0 0.3
0.006 m
H-type Zero-point Outrigger extension width:
extension check)
3.150 m 0.006 m
adjustment Max.
0.1
Zero-point
Jib offset angle: Min. -5.0 (0.2 for zero-point
Power tilt jib adjustment
angle check)
Span
adjustment
225 W301-0151E
1 Specification No.: TR-250M-7-00102 (260-kg main hook block)

Boom angle: 81.00.1
Zero-point Load: Without load (0.26 t hook (Hook block 0.13 t
adjustment block only) mass)

Boom angle: 10.00.1
1Moment Preliminary
(A hook block with 25 span adjustment
block only) mass)
8.00 m 0.05 m
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Span fine
adjustment
block only) mass)
0.17 t
Zero-point (indicated value) mass
Load: Without load (0.22 t hook 0.13 t
adjustment minus
overwinding
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Preliminary
Moment (Hook block 0.03 t
span adjustment Load: Without load (0.22 t hook
8.00 m 0.05 m
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Span fine
adjustment
block only) mass)
226 W301-0151E

measurement: Set
Not set
[NOTICE]
227 W301-0151E

AML model: AML-LIIA
AML code No.: 361-903-70000

Capacity setting
setting setting
0.04 m
Zero-point
Boom adjustment
length check)
Span
adjustment
0.1
check)
(*2)
80.0 0.1
adjustment value)
0.3
Swing adjustment swing)
angle 0.3
(*3) Swing angle 2: 360.0 (0.6 for zero-point
check)
0.006 m
extension check)
3.150 m 0.006 m
adjustment Max.
228 W301-0151E
1 Specification No.: TR-250M-7-00103, 00104 (260-kg main hook block)

1 Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00103, 00203, 00107, 00207, 00108, 00208
(--FB3724, 260-kg main hook block)
Boom angle: 81.00.1
Zero-point
adjustment
block only) mass)
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Preliminary
1 Moment Load: Without load (0.26 t hook (Hook block 0.03 t
span adjustment
8.00 m 0.05 m
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Span fine
adjustment
block only) mass)
229 W301-0151E
1 Specification No.: GR-250N-1-00103, 00203, 00107, 00207, 00108, 00208

(--FB3743, 220-kg main hook block)
0.17 t
Boom angle: 81.00.1
Hook block
(indicated value) mass
Zero-point
Load: Without load (0.22 t hook minus 0.13 t
adjustment
overwinding
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Preliminary
Moment Load: Without load (0.22 t hook (Hook block 0.03 t
span adjustment
8.00 m 0.05 m
Boom angle: 10.0 0.1
Span fine
adjustment
block only) mass)

measurement: Set
Not set
[NOTICE]
230 W301-0151E

AML model: AML-LIIA
AML code No.: 361-918-20000

Capacity setting
setting setting
(*1) Any adjustment shall be done with the single top extended and the auxiliary hook block mounted.
for fully-extended boom under the intermediate hook status with the removable sheave removed, and
set the boom status in the AML setting to "Boom."

0.04 m
Zero-point
adjustment
Boom length check)
Span
adjustment
0.1
Zero-point
Boom angle: 0.0 (actual value) 0.0 (0.2 for zero-point
Boom angle adjustment
check)
(*3)
Span
Boom angle: 80.0 (actual value) 80.0 0.1
adjustment
0.3
Swing angle 1:
(0.6 for zero-point
0.0
adjustment swing) 0.3
Swing angle 2:
Swing angle (0.6 for zero-point
360.0
(*4) check)
Swing angle 1:
0.3
0.3
180.0
231 W301-0151E
0.006 m
Zero-point
Outrigger extension width: Min. 1.245 m (0.012 m for zero-point
Outrigger adjustment
check)
extension width
Span
Outrigger extension width: Max. 3.350 m 0.006 m
adjustment
0.1
Zero-point
Jib offset angle: Min. -5.0 (0.2 for zero-point
Power tilt jib adjustment
angle check)
Span
adjustment
232 W301-0151E

Boom angle: 80.00.1 0.16 t
(indicated value) Hook block
Zero-point Load: Without load (0.21 t weight 0.16 t
adjustment hook block 0.07 t hook block) minus
Wire rope
Intermediate hook and
mass
auxiliary hook block: At the
stop by overwinding
Boom angle: 10.00.1
(indicated value)
Load: Without load (0.21 t
Preliminary 0.28 t
hook block + 0.07 t hook block) 0.04 t
span (Hook block mass)
adjustment Auxiliary hook block: At the
stop by overwinding
Moment Intermediate hook: Hoisted
(*1)(*3)(*5) down close to the ground
surface.
8.00 m 0.06 m
Rated gross weight: 7.00 t
Boom angle: 10.00.1
(indicated value)
Load: Without load (0.21 t
Span fine hook block + 0.07 t hook block) 0.28 t
0.01 t
adjustment Auxiliary hook block: At the (Hook block mass)
stop by overwinding
Intermediate hook: Hoisted
down close to the ground
surface.
3. Slow stop adjustment

- Adjustment specification for swing control output: 217
- Boom raising and lowering characteristic measurement: Set
- Telescoping/retraction characteristic measurement: Not set
4. Setting after adjustment

- Setting of number of parts of line: Not set
- Language variation: Not set
[NOTICE]
233 W301-0151E

AML model: AML-LIIA
AML code No.: 361-923-80000

Capacity setting
Winch drum position
Head-off capacity setting Jib selection Single top selection
setting
(*1) Any adjustment shall be done with the single top retracted and the auxiliary hook block dismounted.

0.04 m
Zero-point
adjustment
Boom length check)
Span
adjustment
Boom angle adjustment value) 0.0 (0.2 for zero-point check)
adjustment value) 80.0 0.1
Swing angle 1: 0.3
(*4) Swing angle 1:
Span Swing position: Rear (right 180.0 0.3
180.0 0.3
0.006 m
Outrigger adjustment Min.
extension width check)
Span Outrigger extension width:
3.350 m 0.006 m
adjustment Max.
234 W301-0151E

0.21 t
Zero-point (indicated value) weight
Load: Without load (0.33 t 0.16 t
adjustment minus
hook block) Wire rope
Main hook block: At the stop by mass
overwinding
Moment Load radius Load radius 7.00 m
7.00 m 0.05 m
(*1)(*3)(*5) adjustment (actual value)
Rated gross weight: 10.00 t
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Span fine
adjustment
block) mass)
Main hook block: Hoisted down


[NOTICE]
235 W301-0151E

AML model: AML-LIIA
AML Code No.: 361-918-80000, 361-918-90000

Capacity setting
Winch drum position
setting
Adjustment
value
0.04 m
Zero-point
adjustment
Boom length check)
Span
adjustment
0.0
Boom angle adjustment value) (0.2 m for zero-point check)
80.0 0.1
adjustment value)
Swing angle 1: 0.3
(*4) Swing angle 1:
0.3
0.3
180.0
0.006 m
extension check)
2.600 m 0.006 m
adjustment Max.
0.006 m
extension check)
2.600 m 0.006 m
adjustment Max.
236 W301-0151E

0.10 t
Zero-point (indicated value) weight 0.07 t
adjustment Load: Without load minus
Hook block: At the stop by Wire rope
overwinding mass
Preliminary Boom angle: 10.00.1 0.14 t
(indicated value)
span (Hook block 0.03 t
adjustment Load: Without load mass)
Moment Hook block: Hoisted down
(*3)(*5) close to the ground surface.
7.00 m 0.05 m
Boom angle: 20.00.1 0.14 t
Span fine (indicated value) (Hook block 0.01 t
adjustment Load: Without load mass)


[NOTICE]
237 W301-0151E
Specification No.: GR-120F-1-00101

AML model: AML-LIIA
AML code No.: 361-927-00000

Capacity setting
Winch drum position
setting
Precautions for adjustment 1
(*3) Adjust the boom angle with the AML boom status setting being "jib set."
(If the AML boom status setting is other than "jib set," when the jib angle to ground is horizontal or below,
the boom elevation is no longer lowered.)
(*5) Adjust the jib length within the tilt angle range of 25 to 26.
(With the tilt angle being in the range of 7.3 to 25, the jib will not be lowered to 5.0 m or below.)
(*6) Adjust the power tilt jib with the boom fully retracted, jib length being 5.0 m, boom elevating angle being
80, and the AML boom status setting being "jib set," and follow the procedure below.
(1) Install a digital goniometer onto the base jib and raise the jib until the jib tilt cylinder reaches the stroke
end. In this state, adjust the AML zero-point and reset the digital goniometer.
(2) Lower the tilt until the digital goniometer indicates 67.7 (= 75.0 - 7.3) and adjust the AML span point.
(*7) Before adjusting the moment, set the number of parts of line to four parts of line and set the AML boom
status setting to "main operation."
Adjustment
value
0.04 m
Zero-point
Boom adjustment
length check)
Span
adjustment
Boom Zero-point Boom angle: 3.0 (actual 0.1
3.0
angle adjustment value) (0.2 for zero-point check)
(*2)(*3) Span Boom angle: 80.0 (actual
80.0 0.1
adjustment value)
Swing angle 1: 0.3
Swing
angle 360.0 (0.6 for zero-point check)
(*4) Swing angle 1:
0.3
0.3
180.0
238 W301-0151E
Adjustment
value
0.006 m
extension check)
2.350 m 0.006 m
adjustment Max.
Zero-point 0.04 m
Jib length: Fully retracted 4.055 m
Jib length adjustment (0.08 m for zero-point check)
(*5) Span
Jib length: Fully extended 15.895 m 0.04 m
adjustment
Zero-point 0.1
Power tilt Jib offset angle: Min. -7.3
adjustment (0.2 m for zero-point check)
Jib angle
(*6) Span
adjustment
Jib length: (5.0 m) 0.05 t
Tilt angle (Min. 7.3) Hook block
Zero-point Boom angle: 80.00.1 mass 0.03 t
adjustment (indicated value) minus
Load: Without load Wire rope
overwinding
Jib length: (5.0 m)
Tilt angle (Min. 7.3)
Load radius
Moment Load radius: 3.50 m 3.50 m 0.04 m
adjustment
(*2)(*7) (actual value)
(M Hook block mass: 0.07 t)
Jib length: (5.0 m)
Tilt angle (Min. 7.3)
Span fine Boom angle: 45.00.1 0.07 t 0.01 t
adjustment (indicated value)
Load: Without load
239 W301-0151E

Adjust the boom raising and lowering characteristic measurement with the boom fully retracted, jib length
being 5.0 m, and tilt angle being the minimum.
In addition, before setting the AML boom status, set it to "jib set" first and cancel the AML.
4. Speed adjustment
- Adjust it according to the GR-120F-1 (Pythagoras) speed adjustment procedure.

240 W301-0151E
GR-120F-1 (Pythagoras) speed adjustment procedure
The GR-120F1-1 (Pythagoras) speed adjustment consists of the following five menu items.
[]: Jib telescoping speed adjustment (adjusts the telescoping speed on jib 4th to 6th sections.)
[ V ]: Proportional valve zero-point adjustment (adjusts all the throttle point of proportional valve for
jib telescoping.)
[]: Jib tilt maximum speed adjustment (adjusts to 100% speed in tilt speed adjustment mode.)
[]: Boom telescoping speed adjustment (adjusts the speed around the switch point on boom 2nd
and 3rd sections.)
[]: Swing speed adjustment (adjusts the swing limit speed on the jib mounting/retraction.)
1. Operation method
- When you press the <+> key or <-> key, the adjustment value increases or decreases. When you press once,
the value will increase or decrease by 1%. When you press and hold the corresponding key, the value will
increase or decrease by 10%.
If you press the <+> key or <-> key while moving the control lever toward the desired operating direction, the
value of each operating direction can be adjusted individually. (The proportional valve zero-point adjustment is
excluded.)
- To confirm the adjusted value, press the <set> key to reflect and save the value, and then the display returns
to the menu. To cancel the adjusted value, press the <display alternation> key to cancel the value, and then
the display returns to the menu.
2. Adjustment procedures
The GR-120F1-1 (Pythagoras) speed adjustment is performed as follows:
(1) Proportional valve zero-point adjustment
(2) Jib telescoping speed adjustment
(3) Tilt maximum speed adjustment (* shall be performed after the boom elevation measurement.)
(4) Boom telescoping speed adjustment (* Initial set value: Shall be checked "Extend 20% Retract 20%" only.)
(5) Swing speed adjustment (* Initial set value: Shall be checked "Right 78% Left 78%" only.)
[Notice]
* The order of (1) (2) shall be strictly observed, but (3) can be performed earlier. (If the order of (1) (2) is
not observed, the adjustment cannot be performed correctly.)
* (4) Boom telescoping speed adjustment shall be basically a fixed value according to the data setting. If impact
is larger, adjust it.
* (5) Swing speed adjustment shall be basically a fixed value according to the data setting.
1) Proportional valve zero-point adjustment procedure

This operation adjusts the border point of the proportional valve on which the jib telescoping starts moving.
241 W301-0151E
(1) Operation configuration

Boom angle: 70
Jib length: 9 to 10 m (* Shall be in this range.)
Tilt angle: 30
Selected operation: Jib
AML status: Auxiliary winch operation
(2) Jib telescoping speed setting
Set the telescoping speed adjustment on the jib 4th to 6th sections to 0% so that the output to the
proportional valve is set to full throttle.
On the adjustment menu, select [] to set the adjustment value to 0%.
[] Press the <set> key to select.
[Extend 40% Retract 40%] Press the <-> key to set the adjustment value to 0%. (Initial value: 40%)
When both Extend and Retract are set to 0%, press the <set> key to confirm.
[Extend 0% Retract 0%] Press the <set> key to confirm.
(3) Proportional valve zero-point adjustment
On the adjustment menu, select [ V ].
[ V ] Press the <set> key to select.
Set the adjustment value by pressing the <+> key or <-> key.
[Zero-point 40%] Press the <+> key or <-> key to increase or decrease the adjustment
value, and press the <set> key to confirm. (* The value is an example.)
Perform the jib telescoping operation and check that the jib 4th to 6th sections do not move. If the section(s)
move, select [ V ] again to change the adjustment value. Repeat this operation to find the value
(in increments of 1%) in which the jib does not move.
When you find the border between the value in which the jib moves and that in which the jib does not move,
set to the value in which the jib does not move, and exit from the operation.
2) Jib telescoping speed adjustment

This operation adjusts the telescoping speed on the jib 4th to 6th sections.
Boom angle: Maximum
Jib length: 5 m
Tilt angle: Minimum
242 W301-0151E
(2) Jib telescoping speed adjustment

On the adjustment menu, select the jib telescoping speed adjustment.
Set the adjustment value for each of Extend and Retract.
[Extend 30% Retract 30%] Press the <+> key or <-> key to increase or decrease the adjustment
value, and press the <set> key to confirm. (* The value is an example.)
[Notice]
If you want to set the adjustment value for each operation individually, press the <+> key or <-> key while
moving the control lever toward the desired operating direction. The machine moves at this time, but the
value being set now is not reflected. Pressing the <set> key enables the set value.
If the operation configuration changes depending on the operation, return to the configuration specified
above.
(3) Jib telescoping speed measurement

With the maximum engine speed, measure the duration of jib movement from length of 5 m to fully extended
status and also that from fully extended status to 5 m.
If one of the measured values is out of the standard value range, return to (2) Jib telescoping speed
adjustment, correct the deviated value, and measure it again.
Repeat this operation until the jib telescoping duration enters the standard value range.
However, if the extending adjustment value is less than Extend 15%, set with Extend 15%.
And if the retracting adjustment value is less than Retract 20%, set with Retract 20%.
[Notice]
The auxiliary winch hook block position changes with telescoping movement. Be extremely careful during the
operation.
If the auxiliary winch hook block is in overwinding condition or about to contact the ground, operate the winch
to avoid such conditions.
[Standard values] Jib extension duration: 28.51.5 s (27.0 to 30.0 s)
Jib retraction duration: 36.04.0 s (32.0 to 40.0 s)
3) Jib tilt maximum speed adjustment

This operation adjusts the jib tilt maximum speed.
Boom angle: 75
Jib length: 5 m
Tilt angle: 75
243 W301-0151E

* The boom elevation slow stop shall be canceled in advance.
(2) Jib tilt maximum speed adjustment

On the adjustment menu, select the jib tilt maximum speed adjustment.
Set the adjustment value for each of up and down operation. (Initial value: 100% for both Up and Down)
[UP 50% Down 90%] Press the <+> key or <-> key to increase or decrease the adjustment value, and
press the <set> key to confirm. (* The value is an example.)
[Notice]
If you want to set the adjustment value for each operation individually, press the <+> key or <-> key while
moving the control lever toward the desired operating direction. The machine moves at this time, but the
value being set is not reflected. Pressing the <set> key enables the set value.
If the operation configuration changes depending on the operation, return to the configuration specified
above.
(3) Tilt speed measurement

With the maximum engine speed, measure the duration of jib tilt movement from the horizontal position (tilt
lower limit stop angle) to the minimum tilt angle and also that from the minimum tilt angle to the horizontal
position (tilt lower limit stop angle).
If one of the measured values is out of the standard value range, return to (2) Jib tilt maximum speed
adjustment, correct the deviated value, and measure it again.
Repeat this operation until the jib tilt duration enters the standard value range.
[Notice]
The hook block position changes with tilt movement. Be extremely careful during the operation.
In addition, be extremely careful not to hit the main hook block to the tilt cylinder during the operation.
[Standard values] Tilt up duration: 19.01.0 s (18.0 to 20.0 s)

Tilt down duration: 24.04.0 s (20.0 to 28.0 s)
244 W301-0151E
Specification Number: GA-700N-1-10101

AML model: AML-LIIA
AML code No.: 361-199-80000

Capacity setting
Winch drum position
setting
for fully-extended boom.
(*5) Adjust the power tilt jib angle to the actual measured angle by the tilt lowering operation.
(When adjusting at a point other than the stroke end)

0.04 m
Zero-point
Boom adjustment
length check)
Span
adjustment
0.1
0.0 (0.2 m for zero-point
check)
(*2)
80.0 0.1
adjustment value)
Swing angle 1: 0.3
Swing
360.0 (0.6 for zero-point check)
angle
(*3) Swing angle 1:
0.3
0.3
180.0
0.01 m
adjustment Min.
extension check)
3.900 m 0.01 m
adjustment Max.
0.02 m
Zero-point
Jib length: Fully retracted 9.70 m (0.04 m for zero-point
adjustment
Jib length check)
Span
adjustment
245 W301-0151E
Jib offset angle: 5.0 0.1

Zero-point (actual value) (0.2 for
-5.0
adjustment (The jib tilt cylinder shall not be zero-point
Power tilt fully extended.) check)
Jib angle Jib offset angle: 60.0
Span (actual value)
-60.0 0.1
adjustment (The jib tilt cylinder shall not be
fully retracted.)
0.15 t
Boom angle: 80.00.1
Hook block
(indicated value)
Zero-point weight
Load: Without load (50 t hook 0.24 t
adjustment minus
overwinding
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Moment (indicated value) 0.50 t
(A hook block with 50 Preliminary
Load: Without load (50 t hook (Hook block 0.05 t
t capacity is to be span adjustment
block only) mass)
used.) Hook block: Hoisted down close
(A counterweight of to the ground surface.
5.6 t is mounted.) Boom length: Fully extended
(A front jack is used.) Load radius Load radius: 12.00 m
12.00 m 0.08 m
Rated lifting capacity: 8 t
Boom angle: 45.00.1
Span fine
adjustment
block only) mass)
Hook block: Hoisted down close
to the ground surface.

- Telescoping/retraction characteristic measurement: Set

[NOTICE]
246 W301-0151E
MDT Input/Output Nos. and Corresponding Signals
Specification Number: GA-700N-1-10102

AML model: AML-LIIA
AML code No.: 361-907-50000

Capacity setting
Winch drum position
setting
for fully-extended boom.
(*5) Adjust the power tilt jib angle to the actual measured angle by the tilt lowering operation.
(When adjusting at a point other than the stroke end)

0.04 m
Zero-point
Boom adjustment
length check)
Span
adjustment
0.1
check)
(*2)
80.0 0.1
adjustment value)
0.3
Swing adjustment swing) 0.3
angle
(*3)
check)
0.01 m
adjustment Min.
extension check)
3.900 m 0.01 m
adjustment Max.
0.02 m
Zero-point
Jib length: Fully retracted 10.70 m (0.04 m for zero-point
adjustment
Jib length check)
Span
adjustment
247 W301-0151E
MDT Input/Output Nos. and Corresponding Signals
Jib offset angle: 5.0 0.1

Zero-point (actual value) (0.2 m for
-5.0
adjustment (The jib tilt cylinder shall not be zero-point
Power tilt fully extended.) check)
Jib angle Jib offset angle: 60.0
Span (actual value)
-60.0 0.1
adjustment (The jib tilt cylinder shall not be
fully retracted.)
0.15 t
Boom angle: 80.00.1
Hook block
(indicated value)
Zero-point mass
Load: Without load (50 t hook 0.24 t
adjustment minus
overwinding
Boom angle: 10.00.1
Moment Preliminary (indicated value) 0.50 t
(A hook block with 50 span Load: Without load (50 t hook (Hook block 0.05 t
t capacity is to be adjustment block only) mass)
used.) Hook block: Hoisted down close to
(A counterweight of the ground surface.
5.6 t is mounted.) Boom length: Fully extended
(A front jack is used.) Load radius Load radius: 12.00 m
12.00 m 0.08 m
Boom angle: 45.00.1
Span fine
adjustment
block only) mass)
Hook block: Hoisted down close to
the ground surface.

- Telescoping/retraction characteristic measurement: Set

[NOTICE]
248 W301-0151E
Checking the Detectors (GR-300N-1)
Checking the Detectors

Checking at the CN1 connector of the AML
(GR-300N-1)
Pull out the connector of the swing angle detector.
Then pull out the CN1 connector and measure
1. Boom Length Detector resistance of the potentiometer. The specified
resistance values are as follows:
1. Retract the boom fully, set the boom angle to 0,
and set the PTO switch to "OFF." 2-1: 833167
Resistance value
3-1: 45892
2. Measure the resistance of the potentiometer. Boom angle detector
Checking at the connector of the detector

Pull out the connector of the detector and
measure resistance of the potentiometer. The
specified resistance values are as follows:
Applicable serial
Up to FC5113
No.
C-D: 833167 Boom length detector
Resistance value
B-D: 45892
Boom angle detector

DET1SLD 6 E
DET1SRC 2 C
A E ANAINB 4 A
B D
C ANAINA 3 B
DET1GND 1 D

IW301-0151J10
Applicable serial
From FC5114
No.
R-G: 833167
Resistance value
W-G: 45892
Boom angle detector
Shield
Plug
Shield
249 W301-0151E
2. Boom Angle Detector

1. Retract the boom fully, set the boom angle to 0, Pull out the connector of the swing angle detector.
and set the PTO switch to "OFF." Then pull out the CN1 connector of the AML and
2. Measure the resistance of the potentiometer. specified resistance values are as follows:
Checking at the connector of the detector Resistance 2-1: 833167
Pull out the connector of the detector and value 4-1: 14629
Boom angle detector
Applicable
Up to FC5113
serial No.
Resistance C-D: 833167
value A-D: 14629

Boom angle detector
DET1SLD 6 E
DET1SRC 2 C Boom length detector
A E ANAINB 4 A
B D
C ANAINA 3 B
DET1GND 1 D

IW301-0151J10
Applicable
From FC5114
serial No.
Resistance R-G: 833167
value B-G: 14629
Boom angle detector
Shield
Plug
Shield
250 W301-0151E
3. Swing Angle Detector 4. Outrigger Extension Width Detector

1. Swing the boom to over-left-side and set the PTO 1. Stow the outriggers and set the starter switch to
switch to "OFF." "OFF."
2. Measure the resistance of the potentiometer. 2. The potentiometer may be damaged if the
detector wire is further wound, therefore move the
hoisting prevention fitting to the guide hole of the
detector and fix it there. Then remove the wire
from the outrigger and hold the wire, letting it
protruding by 630 mm from the guide hole of the
R-B: 50075
detector.
W-B: 0 - 15
DET1SLD 6
Winding prevention
Shield fitting
DET1SRC 2 R
G Plug
W ANAINC 5 W
R Shield
B
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B
IW301-0151J11
630 mm
Checking at the CN1 connector of the AML IW301-0151J12
Pull out the connector of the boom length and

angle detector. Then pull out the CN1 connector
of the AML and measure resistance of the 3. Pull out the connector of the detector and
potentiometer. The specified resistance values are measure resistance of the potentiometer. The
as follows: specified resistance values are as follows:
2-1: 50075 R-B: 2000100
5-1: 0 - 15 W-B: 20030
5V AVCC R
W B R Input
Ai1 W FL
GND AGND B
IW301-0151J13
DET1SLD 6 Shield

45 16
DET1SRC 2 R
ANAINC 5 W
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B
30 1
IW301-0151J34
251 W301-0151E
5. Pressure Sensor for Moment 6. Jib Angle Detector

Detection
1. Stow the jib and set the PTO switch to "OFF."
1. Set the PTO switch to "ON." (5-V DC will be
2. Pull out the connector of the detector and
applied between R and B of the pressure sensor
connector.)
2. Measure the output voltage between W and B of C-D: 1000150
the pressure sensor connector. B-D: In the range between 52 and 58% of the
value measured between C and D.
DET3SRC 33 R E A
E Shield
FG
ANAING 34 SPS3 D AGND
W B R W (SPS4)
(ANAINH 35)
B Ai1
DET3GND 32 B D B
C AVCC
C
IW301-0131E14
IW301-0151J26
3. The output voltage between W and B is

proportional to the pressure in the elevating
cylinder. The specified value is as shown below.
DC
voltage (V DC)
4.5
OutputV
0.5
0 35
Pressure
MPa IW301-0151J15
252 W301-0151E
Checking the Detectors (TR-250M-7)
Checking the Detectors Checking at the CN1 connector of the AML

(TR-250M-7) Pull out the connector of the swing angle detector.
Then pull out the CN1 connector of the AML and
1. Boom Length Detector
1. Retract the boom fully, set the boom angle to 0, 2-1: 833167
Resistance value
Boom angle detector
2. Measure the resistance of the potentiometer.

Applicable serial
Up to FB4053
No.
C-D: 833167
Resistance value
A-D: 45892
Boom angle detector

DET1SLD 6 E
DET1SRC 2 C
A E ANAINB 4 A
B D
C ANAINA 3 B
DET1GND 1 D

IW301-0151J10
Applicable serial
From FB4054
No.
R-G: 833167
Resistance value
W-G: 45892
Boom angle detector
Shield
Plug
Shield
253 W301-0151E
2. Boom Angle Detector Checking at the CN1 connector of the AML

1. Retract the boom fully, set the boom angle to 0, Then pull out the CN1 connector of the AML and
and set the PTO switch to "OFF." measure resistance of the potentiometer. The
2-1: 833167
Checking at the connector of the detector Resistance value
4-1: 14629
Pull out the connector of the detector and Boom angle detector
Applicable serial
Up to FB4053
No.
C-D: 833167
Resistance value
A-D: 14629
Boom angle detector

DET1SLD 6 E Boom length detector

DET1SRC 2 C
A E ANAINB 4 A
B D
C ANAINA 3 B
DET1GND 1 D

IW301-0151J10
Applicable serial
From FB4054
No.
R-G: 833167
Resistance value
B-G: 14629
Boom angle detector
Shield
Plug
Shield
254 W301-0151E

1. Swing the boom to over-left-side and set the PTO 1. Stow the outriggers and set the starter switch to
2. Measure the resistance of the potentiometer. 2. Remove the wire for the detector from the
outrigger and hold the wire, letting it protruding by
80 mm from the guide hole of the detector.
R-B: 50075
W-B: 0 - 15
DET1SLD 6
Shield
DET1SRC 2 R
80 mm
G Plug
W ANAINC 5 W
IW301-0151J27
R Shield
B
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B
IW301-0151J11
Checking at the CN1 connector of the AML specified resistance values are as follows:
Pull out the connector of the boom length and R-B: 2000100
angle detector. Then pull out the CN1 connector W-B: 20030
of the AML and measure resistance of the
potentiometer. The specified resistance values are 5V AVCC R
as follows: W B R Input
Ai1 W FL
2-1: 50075 GND AGND B

IW301-0151J13
5-1: 0 - 15
DET1SLD 6 Shield

45 16
DET1SRC 2 R
ANAINC 5 W
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B
30 1
IW301-0151J34
255 W301-0151E

Detection
1. Mount the jib.
2. Minimize the jib offset angle and set the PTO
switch to "OFF."
connector.)
2. Measure the output voltage between W and B of
the pressure sensor connector.
A-D: 100050
DET3SRC 33 R
SPS3
C-D: 16520
W B R ANAING 34 W
(ANAINH 35) (SPS4)
A E
DET3GND 32 B E
D
IW301-0131E14
C
B D
3. The output voltage between W and B is A
C
proportional to the pressure in the elevating IW301-0151J28

DC
voltage (V DC)
4.5
OutputV
0.5
0 35
Pressure
MPa IW301-0151J15
256 W301-0151E
Checking the Detectors (GR-250N-1/GR-350N-1)
Checking the Detectors Checking at the CN1 connector of the AML

(GR-250N-1/GR-350N-1) Pull out the connector of the swing angle detector.
1. Retract the boom fully, set the boom angle to 0, 2-1: 833167
Resistance value
Boom angle detector

Applicable serial GR-250N-1 (Up to FB4053)
No. GR-350N-1 (Up to 506298)
C-D: 833167
Resistance value
B-D: 45892

Boom angle detector
DET1SLD 6 E
DET1SRC 2 C
A E ANAINB 4 A
B D
C ANAINA 3 B
DET1GND 1 D

IW301-0151J10
Applicable Serial GR-250N-1 (From FB4054)

No. GR-350N-1 (From 506299)
R-G: 833167
Resistance value
W-G: 45892
Boom angle detector
Shield
Plug
Shield
257 W301-0151E

Checking at the connector of the detector 2-1: 833167
Resistance value
Pull out the connector of the detector and 4-1: 14629
Boom angle detector
Applicable GR-250N-1 (Up to FB4053)
serial No. GR-350N-1 (Up to 506298)
value A-D: 14629

Boom angle detector
DET1SLD 6 E
A E ANAINB 4 A
B D
C ANAINA 3 B
DET1GND 1 D

IW301-0151J10
Applicable GR-250N-1 (From FB4054)

serial No. GR-350N-1 (From 506299)
value B-G: 14629
Boom angle detector
Shield
Plug
Shield
258 W301-0151E

1. Swing the boom to front and set the PTO switch to 1. Stow the outriggers and set the starter switch to
"OFF." "OFF."
R-B: 2500375
W-B: 1062160
G-B: 2354353
DET1SLD 6 Shield

DET1SRC 2 R 80 mm
ANAINC 5 W IW301-0151J27
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B
IW301-0152J02
Checking at the CN1 connector of the AML R-B: 2000100
Pull out the connector of the boom length and W-B: 20030
of the AML and measure resistance of the 5V AVCC R
W B R Input
Ai1 W FL
potentiometer. The specified resistance values are
GND AGND B
as follows:
IW301-0151J13
2-1: 2500375
5-1: 1062160
9-1: 2354353
DET1SLD 6 Shield

45 16
DET1SRC 2 R
ANAINC 5 W
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B
30 1
IW301-0151J34
259 W301-0151E

Detection
1. Mount the jib.
2. Minimize the jib offset angle and set the PTO
switch to "OFF."
connector.)
A-D: 100050
DET3SRC 33 R
SPS3
C-D: 16520
W B R ANAING 34 W
(ANAINH 35) (SPS4)
A E
DET3GND 32 B E
D
IW301-0131E14
C
B D
3. The output voltage between W and B is A
C

DC
voltage (V DC)
4.5
OutputV
0.5
0 35
MPa
Pressure IW301-0151J15
260 W301-0151E
Checking the Detectors

(GR-160N-1)
1. Boom Length Detector measure resistance of the potentiometer. The
2-1: 833167
and set the PTO switch to "OFF."
3-1: 45892
2. Measure the resistance of the potentiometer. 2-1: 833167
Resistance value
3-1: 45892
Checking at the connector of the detector Boom angle detector
C-D: 833167
B-D: 45892
Applicable serial Up to 525848
No.
C-D: 833167 Boom length detector
Resistance value
B-D: 45892
Boom angle detector

DET1SLD 6 E
DET1SRC 2 C
A E ANAINB 4 A
B D
C ANAINA 3 B
DET1GND 1 D

IW301-0151J10
Applicable serial From 525849

No.
R-G: 833167
Resistance value
W-G: 45892
Boom angle detector
Shield
Plug
Shield
261 W301-0151E

Checking at the connector of the detector 2-1: 833167
Resistance value
Pull out the connector of the detector and 4-1: 14629
Boom angle detector
Applicable Up to 525848
serial No.
value A-D: 14629
Boom
angle detector
DET1SLD 6 E
A E ANAINB 4 A
B D
C ANAINA 3 B
DET1GND 1 D
Boom
length detector
IW301-0151J10
Applicable From 525849

serial No.
value B-G: 14629
Boom angle detector
Shield
Plug
Shield
262 W301-0151E

"OFF." "OFF."
R-B: 50075
W-B: 22434
G-B: 47471
DET1SLD 6
Shield
80 mm
DET1SRC 2 R
G Plug
W ANAINC 5 W IW301-0151J27
R Shield
B
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B 3. Pull out the connector of the detector and
IW301-0151J11
Checking at the CN1 connector of the AML R-B: 2000100
Pull out the connector of the boom length and W-B: 20030
of the AML and measure resistance of the 5V AVCC R
W B R Input
Ai1 W FL
GND AGND B
as follows:
IW301-0151J13
2-1: 50075
5-1: 22434
9-1: 47471
DET1SLD 6 Shield

45 16
DET1SRC 2 R
ANAINC 5 W
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B
30 1
IW301-0151J34
263 W301-0151E
5. Pressure Sensor for Moment

Detection
connector.)

DET3SRC 33 R
ANAING 34 SPS3
W B R W (SPS4)
(ANAINH 35)
DET3GND 32 B
IW301-0131E14
3. The output voltage between W and B is

proportional to the pressure in the elevating
DC
voltage (V DC)
4.5
OutputV
0.5
0 35
MPa
264 W301-0151E
Checking the Detectors (GR-120F-1)
Checking the Detectors 2. Boom Angle Detector

(GR-120F-1)
and set the PTO switch to "OFF." Checking at the connector of the detector
2. Measure the resistance of the potentiometer. measure resistance of the potentiometer. The
R-G: 833167
B-G: 14629
specified resistance values are as follows: Boom angle detector
R-G: 833167 Shield
W-G: 45892
Plug
Boom angle detector Shield
Shield
Plug
Shield

Boom length detector Pull out the connector of the swing angle detector.
2-1: 833167
4-1: 14629
measure resistance of the potentiometer. The Boom angle detector
2-1: 833167
3-1: 45892
Boom angle detector
265 W301-0151E

"OFF." "OFF."
R-B: 50075
3. Pull out the
W-B: 22434
connector of the detector
G-B: 47471
and measure resistance
DET1SLD 6
Shield of the potentiometer. The
DET1SRC 2 R 80 mm specified resistance
G Plug
W ANAINC 5 W values are as follows:
IW301-0151J27
R Shield
B R-B: 2000100
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B W-B: 20030
IW301-0151J11
5V AVCC R
W B R Input
Ai1 W FL
Checking at the CN1 connector of the AML GND AGND B
Pull out the connector of the boom length and IW301-0151J13

of the AML and measure resistance of the
as follows:
2-1: 50075
5-1: 22434
9-1: 47471
DET1SLD 6 Shield

45 16
DET1SRC 2 R
ANAINC 5 W
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B
30 1
IW301-0151J34
266 W301-0151E
5. Pressure Sensor for Moment 6. Jib Length Detector

Detection
1. Mount the jib.
2. Retract the jib fully and set the PTO switch to
"OFF."
connector.)
C-D: 5000250
DET3SRC 33 R
SPS3
B-D: 50085
W B R ANAING 34 W
(ANAINH 35) (SPS4)
DET3GND 32 B A E
A Shield

IW301-0131E14 D GND
B V in
3. The output voltage between W and B is C 4.5V
B D
C
7. Jib Angle Detector
DC
voltage (V DC)
4.5
1. Mount the jib.
OutputV
2. Maximize the jib offset angle and set the PTO

0.5
0 35
switch to "OFF."
Pressure
MPa IW301-0151J15
A-D: 1000150
C-D: In the range of 86%4 of the value
measured between A and D.
A E
E Shield

D 4.5V
C V in
B D
A GND
C
IW301-0151J32
267 W301-0151E
Checking the Detectors (GA-700N-1)
Checking the Detectors 2. Boom Angle Detector

(GA-700N-1)
and set the PTO switch to "OFF." Checking at the connector of the detector
2. Measure the resistance of the potentiometer. measure resistance of the potentiometer. The
C-D: 833167
A-D: 14629

Boom angle detector
C-D: 833167
B-D: 45892 DET1SLD 6 E
DET1SRC 2 C

Boom angle detector
A E ANAINB 4 A
DET1SLD 6 E
DET1SRC 2 C
A E ANAINB 4 A B D
C ANAINA 3 B
DET1GND 1 D
B Boom length detector

D
C ANAINA 3 B IW301-0151J10
DET1GND 1 D

IW301-0151J10
Checking at the CN1 connector of the AML Then pull out the CN1 connector of the AML and
Pull out the connector of the swing angle detector. measure resistance of the potentiometer. The
Then pull out the CN1 connector of the AML and specified resistance values are as follows:
measure resistance of the potentiometer. The 2-1: 833167
specified resistance values are as follows: 4-1: 14629
2-1: 833167
Boom angle detector

3-1: 45892
DET1SLD 6 E
Boom angle detector

DET1SRC 2 C
DET1SLD 6 E 45 16 ANAINB 4 A
DET1SRC 2 C
45 16 ANAINB 4 A
ANAINA 3 B
DET1GND 1 D
30 1
ANAINA 3 B Boom length detector

DET1GND 1 D IW301-0151J33
30 1

IW301-0151J33
268 W301-0151E

1. Swing the boom to over-left-side and set the PTO 1. Stow the outriggers, and set the PTO switch to
R-B: 50075
W-B: 0 - 15
DET1SLD 6 600 mm
600mm
Shield IW301-0151J29
DET1SRC 2 R
G Plug
W ANAINC 5 W
R Shield
B 3. Pull out the connector of the detector and
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B measure resistance of the potentiometer. The
IW301-0151J11 specified resistance values are as follows:
R-B: 2000100
Checking at the CN1 connector of the AML W-B: 20010
Pull out the connector of the boom length and
angle detector. Then pull out the CN1 connector AVCC R
Front
of the AML and measure resistance of the W B R Ai1 W
right
potentiometer. The specified resistance values are AGND B
IW301-0151J30
as follows:
2-1: 50075
5-1: 0 - 15
DET1SLD 6 Shield
Shield

45 16
DET1SRC 2 R
ANAINC 5 W
ANAIND 9 G
DET1GND 1 B
30 1
IW301-0151J34
269 W301-0151E
5. Pressure Sensor for Moment 6. Jib Length Detector

Detection
1. Mount the jib.
2. Retract the jib fully and set the PTO switch to
"OFF."
connector.)
DET3SRC 33 R Specifications for GA-700N-1-10101

SPS3
W B R ANAING 34 W (SPS4) C-D: 2000100
(ANAINH 35)
DET3GND 32 B B-C: 20024
IW301-0131E14 Specifications for GA-700N-1-10102

3. The output voltage between W and B is C-D: 5000250
proportional to the pressure in the elevating B-D: 50060
cylinder. The specified value is as shown below. A E
A Shield

D GND
DC
voltage (V DC)
4.5 B V in
OutputV
B D
C 4.5V
C
IW301-0151J31
0.5
0 35 7. Jib Angle Detector
MPa
1. Mount the jib.
2. Set the jib offset angle to 0 and set the PTO

switch to "OFF."

A-D: 1000150
C-D: In the range of between 84 and 86% of the
value measured between A and D.
A E
E Shield

D 4.5V
C V in
B D
A GND
C
IW301-0151J32
270 W301-0151E
Fuse
Fuse
RLY1, 2 RLY3, 4 RLY5, 6 RLY7, 8
MAIN
SIF2
SIF1
SOL1, 2
SOL3, 4
SOL5, 6
IW301-0151J16
MAIN fuse (3A) SIF2 fuse (2A)

AML main fuse for whole unit. For SIF2SRC power supply output terminal.
RLY1, 2 fuse (3A) SOL1, 2 fuse (2A)

Common, with relay output 1 and 2. Common, with current output 1 and 2.


RLY7, 8 fuse (3A)

Common, with relay output 7 and 8.
SIF1 fuse (2A)

For SIF1SRC power supply output terminal.
271 W301-0151E
Replacing Clock Battery
Replacing Clock Battery 1. Remove the CPU board from the AML main unit.
[NOTICE] 2. Remove the batteries from the battery holder on

the CPU board by pressing them diagonally.
When the built-in clock battery is worn out, the
adjustment values, error codes, and driving history

cannot be backed up (saving data at power OFF).
Also, when the error code or overload history is
recorded in the AML, an accurate date and time
cannot be recorded.
The built-in clock battery life is usually about 10

years.
If the built-in clock batteries are worn out, replace
them according to the following procedure. 3. Set new batteries on the CPU board by pressing
them diagonally. (Refer to the figure below.)
The battery positive side must face upward.
Lithium battery
BR1225 Battery (PANASONIC BR1225)
[NOTICE]
Two built-in clock batteries are on CPU board of the
AML main unit.
Replace both 2 pieces when you replace the
battery.
4. Install the CPU board in the AML main unit.
5. Reconnect the connector to the board.

CR2032 Battery
[NOTICE]
One built-in clock battery is on CPU board of the
AML main unit.
When removing the battery, remove while holding

the battery upper (positive) side because the battery
may pop up.
Do not use a conductive tool such as a metal
screwdriver for replacing the batteries. In addition,
do not handle the batteries with bare hands.
The board may be damaged due to a short circuit.
Use a tool made of non-conductive materials such
as wood or plastic (ex. wooden spatula).
272 W301-0151E
Replacing Clock Battery
When removing the battery or setting a new one, do

not handle it with a conductive tool and/or bare 4. Put on a new battery.
hands.
The board may be damaged due to a short circuit. [NOTICE]
Use a tool made of non-conductive materials. Ensure to prevent any dust or oil from attaching to
the battery surface.
1. Raise the battery and remove it from the lock.
Lock
5. Push the battery into the holder.

2. Slide the battery forward.
[NOTICE]
Ensure to prevent batterys positive and negative
terminals from being short-circuited.
3. Remove the battery.
6. Check that the battery is locked.
273 W301-0151E
Head Office Ko-34,Sinden-cho, Takamatsu, Japan
Overseas Service Group

Tadano Ryogoku Bldg.
4-12, Kamezawa 2-chome,
Sumida-ku,
Tokyo, Japan
Tel. 81 (3) 3621-7765
Tel fax 81 (3) 3621-7785
History of revision
1
2
3
4
5
2008
TADANO LTD.
PRINTED IN JAPAN
0812 K

Service Manual: Overload Prevention Device

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual: Overload Prevention Device

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Publication No.

Overload Prevention Device

Spec. No.: (1) GR-300N-1-00101

Spec. No.: (1) TR-250M-7-00101

2. Contents Pre-operational Inspection on the AML .................98

4. Method of Menu Selection.............................. 155 1. Language ........................................................178

Other Functions and How to Use Them ........ 178

3. Slow stop adjustment ......................................237

Checking the Detectors (GR-160N-1)............ 261

Checking the Detectors (GR-120F-1) ............ 265

Checking the Detectors (GA-700N-1)............ 268

Replacing Clock Battery ................................ 272

Components of the AML-LIIA Main Unit

SIF1 fuse (2A)

SIF2 fuse (2A)

Moment input short-circuit switch

Boom lift symbol Moment display

Counterweight condition symbol Lower boom angle limit indicator lamp

Load radius display Lower boom angle limit key

Front position symbol

Decrease key Right swing limit key

2. Internal View and Name Plate

Elevation slow stop

Swing stop (Swing free)

Moment display contrast adjuster

Current output board (for slow stop)

SOL1, 2, fuse (2A)

SOL3, 4, fuse (2A)

SOL5, 6, fuse (2A)

Right side view

3. Internal Block Diagram

Fuses CPU BOARD

LCD panel (1)

LCD SW. backlights

Diagram of the AML-LIIA System

Boom angle detector CONNECTOR BOARD

Boom length detector (*1): These connectors are not

Jib remote control

Automatic stop output (remote control pressure vent)

Hook-in control output Telescoping control output

AML external indicator

Jib remote control operation output

Swing stop (swing free)

Jib operation detection input

Working condition input

Input/Output Signals of the AML-LIIA System

Signal name: Swing angle detector 1 input

Relay output Crane operation status

When the AML main unit is out of order

Functions in GR-300N-1 only

Relay output Jib remote control functions in GR-300N-1 only

Monitoring function of abnormal remote control operation

Signal name: AML alarm relay output

OFF Moment load factor < 90%

(Note): For the 4-section boom, indication in ( ) changes to 3rd/top boom.

Signal name: Overwinding alarm relay output

Signal name: Right swing operation detection switch input

Signal name: 90% alarm output

Diagram of the AML-LIIA System (GR-160N-1)

Boom angle detector CONNECTOR BOARD

Boom length detector

Swing angle detector

Pressure sensor (main)